TITLE 'OS - Operating System' SUBTTL ' ' LIST -F,-M SPACE 4,10 *** Copyright 1984 ATARI. Unauthorized reproduction, adaptation, * distribution, performance or display of this computer program * or the associated audiovisual work is strictly prohibited. SPACE 4,10 *** OS - Operating System * * NOTES * This represents an attempt to bring the OS : * into conformance with the Atari Internal So: * Standards as defined in the Software Develo: * Committee Report on Procedures And Standard: * (10/27/81). Due to time constraints, the e: * source could not be brought up to the stand: * particularly in the area of subroutine head: * documentation (ENTRY, EXIT, CHANGES and CAL: * More complete and consistent conformance to: * standard is planned for the next revision o: * Operating System (Revision 3). * * MODS * Revision A (400/800) * D. Crane/A. Miller/L. Kaplan/R. Whitehead * * Revision B (400/800) * Fix several problems. * M. Mahar/R. S. Scheiman * * Revision 10 (1200XL) * Support 1200XL, add new features. * H. Stewart/L. Winner/R. S. Scheiman/ * Y. M. Chen/M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * * Revision 11 (1200XL) * Fix several problems. * R. S. Scheiman 12/23/82 * * Revision 1 (600XL/800XL) * Support PBI and on-board BASIC. * R. S. Scheiman/R. K. Nordin/Y. M. Chen 03/11/83 * * Revision 2 (600XL/800XL) * Fix several problems. * R. S. Scheiman 05/10/83 * Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SPACE 4,10 ** Program Structure * * The sections of the OS appear in the following order with * corresponding subtitles: * * Equates and Definitions * * System Symbol Equates * System Address Equates * Miscellaneous Address Equates * Macro Definitions * * Code and Data * * First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum * * Interrupt Handler * Initialization * Disk Input/Ouput * Relocating Loader * Self-test, Part 1 * Parallel Input/Output * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 1 * Self-test, Part 2 * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 2 * * International Character Set * * Self-test, Part 3 * Floating Point Package * * Domestic Character Set * * Device Handler Vector Tables * Jump Vectors * Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table * * $E4C0 Patch * Central Input/Output * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 3 * $E912 Patch * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 4 * $E959 Patch * Serial Input/Output * Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 1 * Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 5 * $EF6B Patch * Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 2 * $F223 Patch * Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 3 * $FCD8 Patch * Cassette Handler * Printer Handler * Self-test, Part 4 * * Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum * 6502 Machine Vectors SUBTTL 'System Symbol Equates' SPACE 4,10 ** Assembly Option Equates FALSE EQU 0 TRUE EQU not FALSE VGC SET TRUE ;virtual game controllers RAMSYS SET FALSE ;not RAM based system LNBUG SET FALSE ;no LNBUG interface ACMI SET FALSE ;no asynchronous communications mod: SPACE 4,10 ** Identification Equates IDREV EQU $02 ;identification revision number IDDAY EQU $10 ;identification day IDMON EQU $05 ;identification month IDYEAR EQU $83 ;identification year IDCPU EQU $02 ;identification CPU series IDPN1 EQU 'B' ;identification part number field 1 IDPN2 EQU 'B' ;identification part number field 2 IDPN3 EQU $00 ;identification part number field 3 IDPN4 EQU $00 ;identification part number field 4 IDPN5 EQU $01 ;identification part number field 5 SPACE 4,10 ** Configuration Equates * * NOTES * Problem: last byte of HATABS (as defined by: * overlaps first power-up validation byte. MAXDEV EQU 33 ;offset to last possible entry of HATABS IOCBSZ EQU 16 ;length of IOCB SEIOCB EQU 0*IOCBSZ ;screen editor IOCB index MAXIOC EQU 8*IOCBSZ ;first invalid IOCB index DSCTSZ EQU 128 ;disk sector size LEDGE EQU 2 ;left edge REDGE EQU 39 ;right edge INIML EQU $0700 ;initial MEMLO ICSORG EQU $CC00 ;international character set origin DCSORG EQU $E000 ;domestic character set origin SPACE 4,10 ** IOCB Command Code Equates OPEN EQU $03 ;open GETREC EQU $05 ;get record GETCHR EQU $07 ;get character(s) PUTREC EQU $09 ;put record PUTCHR EQU $0B ;put character(s) CLOSE EQU $0C ;close STATIS EQU $0D ;status SPECIL EQU $0E ;special SPACE 4,10 ** Special Entry Command Equates ; Screen Commands DRAWLN EQU $11 ;draw line FILLIN EQU $12 ;draw line with right fill SPACE 4,10 ** ICAX1 Auxiliary Byte 1 Equates APPEND EQU $01 ;open write append (D:) or screen read (E:) DIRECT EQU $02 ;open for directory access (D:) OPNIN EQU $04 ;open for input (all devices) OPNOT EQU $08 ;open for output (all devices) MXDMOD EQU $10 ;open for mixed mode (E:, S:) INSCLR EQU $20 ;open for input without clearing screen (E:, S:) SPACE 4,10 ** Device Code Equates CASSET EQU 'C' ;cassette DISK EQU 'D' ;disk SCREDT EQU 'E' ;screen editor KBD EQU 'K' ;keyboard PRINTR EQU 'P' ;printer DISPLY EQU 'S' ;screen display SPACE 4,10 ** Character and Key Code Equates CLS EQU $7D ;clear screen EOL EQU $9B ;end of line (RETURN) HELP EQU $11 ;key code for HELP CNTLF1 EQU $83 ;key code for CTRL-F1 CNTLF2 EQU $84 ;key code for CTRL-F2 CNTLF3 EQU $93 ;key code for CTRL-F3 CNTLF4 EQU $94 ;key code for CTRL-F4 CNTL1 EQU $9F ;key code for CTRL-1 SPACE 4,10 ** Status Code Equates SUCCES EQU 1 ;successful operation BRKABT EQU 128 ;BREAK key abort PRVOPN EQU 129 ;IOCB already open error NONDEV EQU 130 ;nonexistent device error WRONLY EQU 131 ;IOCB opened for write only error NVALID EQU 132 ;invalid command error NOTOPN EQU 133 ;device/file not open error BADIOC EQU 134 ;invalid IOCB index error RDONLY EQU 135 ;IOCB opened for read only error EOFERR EQU 136 ;end of file error TRNRCD EQU 137 ;truncated record error TIMOUT EQU 138 ;peripheral device timeout error DNACK EQU 139 ;device does not acknowledge command error FRMERR EQU 140 ;serial bus framing error CRSROR EQU 141 ;cursor overrange error OVRRUN EQU 142 ;serial bus data overrun error CHKERR EQU 143 ;serial bus checksum error DERROR EQU 144 ;device done (operation incomplete) error BADMOD EQU 145 ;bad screen mode number error FNCNOT EQU 146 ;function not implemented in handler error SCRMEM EQU 147 ;insufficient memory for screen mode error ** DCB Device Bus ID Equates DISKID EQU $31 ;disk bus ID PDEVN EQU $40 ;printer bus ID CASET EQU $60 ;cassette bus ID SPACE 4,10 ** Bus Command Equates FOMAT EQU '!' ;format command PUTSEC EQU 'P' ;put sector command READ EQU 'R' ;read command STATC EQU 'S' ;status command WRITE EQU 'W' ;write command SPACE 4,10 ** Command Auxiliary Byte Equates DOUBLE EQU 'D' ;print 20 characters double width NORMAL EQU 'N' ;print 40 characters normally PLOT EQU 'P' ;plot SIDWAY EQU 'S' ;print 16 characters sideways SPACE 4,10 ** Bus Response Equates ACK EQU 'A' ;device acknowledged COMPLT EQU 'C' ;device successfully completed operation ERROR EQU 'E' ;device incurred error in attempted operation NACK EQU 'N' ;device did not understand SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Miscellaneous Equates FPREC EQU 6 ;precision FMPREC EQU FPREC-1 ;length of mantissa SPACE 4,10 ** Cassette Record Type Equates HDR EQU $FB ;header DTA EQU $FC ;data record DT1 EQU $FA ;last data record EOT EQU $FE ;end of tape (file) TONE1 EQU 2 ;record TONE2 EQU 1 ;playback SPACE 4,10 ** Cassette Timing Equates WLEADN EQU 1152 ;NTSC 19.2 second WRITE file leader RLEADN EQU 576 ;NTSC 9.6 second READ file leader WIRGLN EQU 180 ;NTSC 3.0 second WRITE IRG RIRGLN EQU 120 ;NTSC 2.0 second READ IRG WSIRGN EQU 15 ;NTSC 0.25 second WRITE short IRG RSIRGN EQU 10 ;NTSC 0.16 second READ short IRG BEEPNN EQU 30 ;NTSC 0.5 second beep duration BEEPFN EQU 10 ;NTSC 0.16 second beep separation WLEADP EQU 960 ;PAL 19.2 second WRITE file leader RLEADP EQU 480 ;PAL 9.6 second READ file leader WIRGLP EQU 150 ;PAL 3.0 second WRITE IRG RIRGLP EQU 100 ;PAL 2.0 second READ IRG WSIRGP EQU 13 ;PAL 0.25 second WRITE short IRG RSIRGP EQU 8 ;PAL 0.16 second READ short IRG BEEPNP EQU 25 ;PAL 0.5 second beep duration BEEPFP EQU 8 ;PAL 0.16 second beep separation WIRGHI EQU 0 ;high WRITE IRG RIRGHI EQU 0 ;high READ IRG SPACE 4,10 ** Power-up Validation Byte Value Equates PUPVL1 EQU $5C ;power-up validation value 1 PUPVL2 EQU $93 ;power-up validation value 2 PUPVL3 EQU $25 ;power-up validation value 3 SPACE 4,10 ** Relocating Loader Miscellaneous Equates DATAER EQU 156 ;end of record appears before END r: MEMERR EQU 157 ;memory insufficient for load error SPACE 4,10 ** Miscellaneous Equates IOCFRE EQU $FF ;IOCB free indicator B19200 EQU $0028 ;19200 baud POKEY counter value B00600 EQU $05CC ;600 baud POKEY counter value HITONE EQU $05 ;FSK high freq. POKEY counter value (5326 Hz) LOTONE EQU $07 ;FSK low freq. POKEY counter value (3995 Hz) NCOMLO EQU $34 ;PIA lower NOT COMMAND line command NCOMHI EQU $3C ;PIA raise NOT COMMAND line command MOTRGO EQU $34 ;PIA cassette motor ON command MOTRST EQU $3C ;PIA cassette motor OFF command NODAT EQU $00 ;SIO immediate operation GETDAT EQU $40 ;SIO read data frame PUTDAT EQU $80 ;SIO write data frame CRETRI EQU 13 ;number of command frame retries DRETRI EQU 1 ;number of device retries CTIM EQU 2 ;command frame ACK timeout NBUFSZ EQU 40 ;print normal buffer size DBUFSZ EQU 20 ;print double buffer size SBUFSZ EQU 29 ;print sideways buffer size SUBTTL 'System Address Equates' SPACE 4,10 ** Page Zero Address Equates LNFLG EQU $0000 ;1-byte LNBUG flag (0 = not LNBUG) NGFLAG EQU $0001 ;1-byte memory status (0 = failure) ; Not Cleared CASINI EQU $0002 ;2-byte cassette program initialization address RAMLO EQU $0004 ;2-byte RAM address for memory test TRAMSZ EQU $0006 ;1-byte RAM size temporary CMCMD EQU $0007 ;1-byte command communications ; Cleared upon Coldstart Only WARMST EQU $0008 ;1-byte warmstart flag (0 = coldstart) BOOT? EQU $0009 ;1-byte successful boot flags DOSVEC EQU $000A ;2-byte disk program start vector DOSINI EQU $000C ;2-byte disk program initialization address APPMHI EQU $000E ;2-byte applications memory high limit ; Cleared upon Coldstart or Warmstart INTZBS EQU $0010 ;first page zero location to clear POKMSK EQU $0010 ;1-byte IRQEN shadow BRKKEY EQU $0011 ;1-byte BREAK key flag (0 = no BREAK) RTCLOK EQU $0012 ;3-byte real time clock (16 millisecond units) BUFADR EQU $0015 ;2-byte disk interface buffer address ICCOMT EQU $0017 ;1-byte CIO command table index DSKFMS EQU $0018 ;2-byte DOS File Management System pointer DSKUTL EQU $001A ;2-byte DOS utility pointer ABUFPT EQU $001C ;4-byte ACMI buffer pointer area ZIOCB EQU $0020 ;address of page zero IOCB IOCBAS EQU $0020 ;16-byte page zero IOCB ICHIDZ EQU $0020 ;1-byte handler ID ($FF = IOCB free) ICDNOZ EQU $0021 ;1-byte device number ICCOMZ EQU $0022 ;1-byte command code ICSTAZ EQU $0023 ;1-byte status of last action ICBALZ EQU $0024 ;1-byte low buffer address ICBAHZ EQU $0025 ;1-byte high buffer address ICPTLZ EQU $0026 ;1-byte low PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICPTHZ EQU $0027 ;1-byte high PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICBLLZ EQU $0028 ;1-byte low buffer length ICBLHZ EQU $0029 ;1-byte high buffer length ICAX1Z EQU $002A ;1-byte first auxiliary information ICAX2Z EQU $002B ;1-byte second auxiliary information ICSPRZ EQU $002C ;4-byte spares ENTVEC EQU $002C ;2-byte (not used) ICIDNO EQU $002E ;1-byte IOCB index (IOCB number times IOCBSZ) CIOCHR EQU $002F ;1-byte character for current CIO operation STATUS EQU $0030 ;1-byte SIO operation status CHKSUM EQU $0031 ;1-byte checksum (single byte sum with carry) BUFRLO EQU $0032 ;1-byte low data buffer address BUFRHI EQU $0033 ;1-byte high data buffer address BFENLO EQU $0034 ;1-byte low data buffer end address BFENHI EQU $0035 ;1-byte high data buffer end address LTEMP EQU $0036 ;2-byte relocating loader temporary BUFRFL EQU $0038 ;1-byte data buffer full flag (0 = not full) RECVDN EQU $0039 ;1-byte receive-frame done flag (0 = not done) XMTDON EQU $003A ;1-byte transmit-frame done flag (0 = not done) CHKSNT EQU $003B ;1-byte checksum sent flag (0 = not sent) NOCKSM EQU $003C ;1-byte no checksum follows data flag (0 = does) BPTR EQU $003D ;1-byte cassette buffer pointer FTYPE EQU $003E ;1-byte cassette IRG type (neg. = continuous) FEOF EQU $003F ;1-byte cassette EOF flag (0 = no EOF) FREQ EQU $0040 ;1-byte cassette beep counter SOUNDR EQU $0041 ;1-byte noisy I/O flag (0 = quiet) CRITIC EQU $0042 ;1-byte critical section flag (0 = not critical) FMSZPG EQU $0043 ;7-byte reserved for DOS File Management System ZCHAIN EQU $004A ;2-byte handler linkage chain point: DSTAT EQU $004C ;1-byte display status ATRACT EQU $004D ;1-byte attract-mode timer and flag DRKMSK EQU $004E ;1-byte attract-mode dark (luminance) mask COLRSH EQU $004F ;1-byte attract-mode color shift TMPCHR EQU $0050 ;1-byte temporary character HOLD1 EQU $0051 ;1-byte temporary LMARGN EQU $0052 ;1-byte text column left margin RMARGN EQU $0053 ;1-byte text column right margin ROWCRS EQU $0054 ;1-byte cursor row COLCRS EQU $0055 ;2-byte cursor column DINDEX EQU $0057 ;1-byte display mode SAVMSC EQU $0058 ;2-byte saved memory scan counter OLDROW EQU $005A ;1-byte prior row OLDCOL EQU $005B ;2-byte prior column OLDCHR EQU $005D ;1-byte saved character under cursor OLDADR EQU $005E ;2-byte saved cursor memory address FKDEF EQU $0060 ;2-byte function key definition tab: PALNTS EQU $0062 ;1-byte PAL/NTSC indicator (0 = NTS: LOGCOL EQU $0063 ;1-byte logical line cursor column ADRESS EQU $0064 ;2-byte temporary address MLTTMP EQU $0066 ;1-byte temporary OPNTMP EQU $0066 ;1-byte open temporary TOADR EQU $0066 ;2-byte destination address SAVADR EQU $0068 ;2-byte saved address FRMADR EQU $0068 ;2-byte source address RAMTOP EQU $006A ;1-byte RAM size BUFCNT EQU $006B ;1-byte buffer count (logical line size) BUFSTR EQU $006C ;2-byte buffer start pointer BITMSK EQU $006E ;1-byte bit mask for bit map operation SHFAMT EQU $006F ;1-byte shift amount for pixel justification ROWAC EQU $0070 ;2-byte draw working row COLAC EQU $0072 ;2-byte draw working column ENDPT EQU $0074 ;2-byte end point DELTAR EQU $0076 ;1-byte row difference DELTAC EQU $0077 ;2-byte column difference KEYDEF EQU $0079 ;2-byte key definition table addres: SWPFLG EQU $007B ;1-byte split screen swap flag (0 = not swapped) HOLDCH EQU $007C ;1-byte temporary character INSDAT EQU $007D ;1-byte temporary COUNTR EQU $007E ;2-byte draw iteration count ; Reserved for Application and Floating Point Package ; EQU $0080 ;128 bytes reserved for application and FPP SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Page Zero Address Equates FR0 EQU $00D4 ;6-byte register 0 FR0M EQU $00D5 ;5-byte register 0 mantissa QTEMP EQU $00D9 ;1-byte temporary FRE EQU $00DA ;6-byte (internal) register E FR1 EQU $00E0 ;6-byte register 1 FR1M EQU $00E1 ;5-byte register 1 mantissa FR2 EQU $00E6 ;6-byte (internal) register 2 FRX EQU $00EC ;1-byte temporary EEXP EQU $00ED ;1-byte value of exponent FRSIGN EQU $00EE ;1-byte floating point sign NSIGN EQU $00EE ;1-byte sign of number PLYCNT EQU $00EF ;1-byte polynomial degree ESIGN EQU $00EF ;1-byte sign of exponent SGNFLG EQU $00F0 ;1-byte sign flag FCHFLG EQU $00F0 ;1-byte first character flag XFMFLG EQU $00F1 ;1-byte transform flag DIGRT EQU $00F1 ;1-byte number of digits after decimal point CIX EQU $00F2 ;1-byte current input index INBUFF EQU $00F3 ;2-byte line input buffer ZTEMP1 EQU $00F5 ;2-byte temporary ZTEMP4 EQU $00F7 ;2-byte temporary ZTEMP3 EQU $00F9 ;2-byte temporary FLPTR EQU $00FC ;2-byte floating point number pointer FPTR2 EQU $00FE ;2-byte floating point number pointer SPACE 4,10 ** Page One (Stack) Address Equates ; EQU $0100 ;256-byte stack SPACE 4,10 ** Page Two Address Equates INTABS EQU $0200 ;42-byte interrupt handler table VDSLST EQU $0200 ;2-byte display list NMI vector VPRCED EQU $0202 ;2-byte serial I/O proceed line IRQ vector VINTER EQU $0204 ;2-byte serial I/O interrupt line IRQ vector VBREAK EQU $0206 ;2-byte BRK instruction IRQ vector VKEYBD EQU $0208 ;2-byte keyboard IRQ vector VSERIN EQU $020A ;2-byte serial input ready IRQ vector VSEROR EQU $020C ;2-byte serial output ready IRQ vector VSEROC EQU $020E ;2-byte serial output complete IRQ vector VTIMR1 EQU $0210 ;2-byte POKEY timer 1 IRQ vector VTIMR2 EQU $0212 ;2-byte POKEY timer 2 IRQ vector VTIMR4 EQU $0214 ;2-byte POKEY timer 4 IRQ vector VIMIRQ EQU $0216 ;2-byte immediate IRQ vector CDTMV1 EQU $0218 ;2-byte countdown timer 1 value CDTMV2 EQU $021A ;2-byte countdown timer 2 value CDTMV3 EQU $021C ;2-byte countdown timer 3 value CDTMV4 EQU $021E ;2-byte countdown timer 4 value CDTMV5 EQU $0220 ;2-byte countdown timer 5 value VVBLKI EQU $0222 ;2-byte immediate VBLANK NMI vector VVBLKD EQU $0224 ;2-byte deferred VBLANK NMI vector CDTMA1 EQU $0226 ;2-byte countdown timer 1 vector CDTMA2 EQU $0228 ;2-byte countdown timer 2 vector CDTMF3 EQU $022A ;1-byte countdown timer 3 flag (0 = expired) SRTIMR EQU $022B ;1-byte software key repeat timer CDTMF4 EQU $022C ;1-byte countdown timer 4 flag (0 = expired) INTEMP EQU $022D ;1-byte temporary CDTMF5 EQU $022E ;1-byte countdown timer 5 flag (0 = expired) SDMCTL EQU $022F ;1-byte DMACTL shadow SDLSTL EQU $0230 ;1-byte DLISTL shadow SDLSTH EQU $0231 ;1-byte DLISTH shadow SSKCTL EQU $0232 ;1-byte SKCTL shadow LCOUNT EQU $0233 ;1-byte relocating loader record le: LPENH EQU $0234 ;1-byte light pen horizontal value LPENV EQU $0235 ;1-byte light pen vertical value BRKKY EQU $0236 ;2-byte BREAK key vector VPIRQ EQU $0238 ;2-byte parallel device IRQ vector CDEVIC EQU $023A ;1-byte command frame device ID CCOMND EQU $023B ;1-byte command frame command CAUX1 EQU $023C ;1-byte command auxiliary 1 CAUX2 EQU $023D ;1-byte command auxiliary 2 TEMP EQU $023E ;1-byte temporary ASSERT low TEMP<>$FF ;may not be the last word on a page ERRFLG EQU $023F ;1-byte I/O error flag (0 = no error) ASSERT low ERRFLG<>$FF ;may not be the last word on a page DFLAGS EQU $0240 ;1-byte disk flags from sector 1 DBSECT EQU $0241 ;1-byte disk boot sector count BOOTAD EQU $0242 ;2-byte disk boot memory address COLDST EQU $0244 ;1-byte coldstart flag (0 = complete) RECLEN EQU $0245 ;1-byte relocating loader record le: DSKTIM EQU $0246 ;1-byte disk format timeout PDVMSK EQU $0247 ;1-byte parallel device selection mask SHPDVS EQU $0248 ;1-byte PDVS (parallel device selec: PDIMSK EQU $0249 ;1-byte parallel device IRQ selection mask RELADR EQU $024A ;2-byte relocating loader relative : PPTMPA EQU $024C ;1-byte parallel device handler tem: PPTMPX EQU $024D ;1-byte parallel device handler tem: ; EQU $024E ;6 bytes reserved for Atari ; EQU $0254 ;23 bytes reserved for Atari CHSALT EQU $026B ;1-byte character set alternate VSFLAG EQU $026C ;1-byte fine vertical scroll count KEYDIS EQU $026D ;1-byte keyboard disable FINE EQU $026E ;1-byte fine scrolling mode GPRIOR EQU $026F ;1-byte PRIOR shadow PADDL0 EQU $0270 ;1-byte potentiometer 0 PADDL1 EQU $0271 ;1-byte potentiometer 1 PADDL2 EQU $0272 ;1-byte potentiometer 2 PADDL3 EQU $0273 ;1-byte potentiometer 3 PADDL4 EQU $0274 ;1-byte potentiometer 4 PADDL5 EQU $0275 ;1-byte potentiometer 5 PADDL6 EQU $0276 ;1-byte potentiometer 6 PADDL7 EQU $0277 ;1-byte potentiometer 7 STICK0 EQU $0278 ;1-byte joystick 0 STICK1 EQU $0279 ;1-byte joystick 1 STICK2 EQU $027A ;1-byte joystick 2 STICK3 EQU $027B ;1-byte joystick 3 PTRIG0 EQU $027C ;1-byte paddle trigger 0 PTRIG1 EQU $027D ;1-byte paddle trigger 1 PTRIG2 EQU $027E ;1-byte paddle trigger 2 PTRIG3 EQU $027F ;1-byte paddle trigger 3 PTRIG4 EQU $0280 ;1-byte paddle trigger 4 PTRIG5 EQU $0281 ;1-byte paddle trigger 5 PTRIG6 EQU $0282 ;1-byte paddle trigger 6 PTRIG7 EQU $0283 ;1-byte paddle trigger 7 STRIG0 EQU $0284 ;1-byte joystick trigger 0 STRIG1 EQU $0285 ;1-byte joystick trigger 1 STRIG2 EQU $0286 ;1-byte joystick trigger 2 STRIG3 EQU $0287 ;1-byte joystick trigger 3 HIBYTE EQU $0288 ;1-byte relocating loader high byte: WMODE EQU $0289 ;1-byte cassette WRITE mode ($80 = writing) BLIM EQU $028A ;1-byte cassette buffer limit IMASK EQU $028B ;1-byte (not used) JVECK EQU $028C ;2-byte jump vector or temporary NEWADR EQU $028E ;2-byte relocating address TXTROW EQU $0290 ;1-byte split screen text cursor row TXTCOL EQU $0291 ;2-byte split screen text cursor column TINDEX EQU $0293 ;1-byte split scree text mode TXTMSC EQU $0294 ;2-byte split screen memory scan counter TXTOLD EQU $0296 ;6-byte OLDROW, OLDCOL, OLDCHR, OLDADR for text CRETRY EQU $029C ;1-byte number of command frame ret: HOLD3 EQU $029D ;1-byte temporary SUBTMP EQU $029E ;1-byte temporary HOLD2 EQU $029F ;1-byte (not used) DMASK EQU $02A0 ;1-byte display (pixel location) mask TMPLBT EQU $02A1 ;1-byte (not used) ESCFLG EQU $02A2 ;1-byte escape flag ($80 = ESC detected) TABMAP EQU $02A3 ;15-byte (120-bit) tab stop bit map LOGMAP EQU $02B2 ;8-byte (32-bit) logical line bit map INVFLG EQU $02B6 ;1-byte inverse video flag ($80 = inverse) FILFLG EQU $02B7 ;1-byte right fill flag (0 = no fill) TMPROW EQU $02B8 ;1-byte temporary row TMPCOL EQU $02B9 ;2-byte temporary column SCRFLG EQU $02BB ;1-byte scroll occurence flag (0 = not occurred) HOLD4 EQU $02BC ;1-byte temporary DRETRY EQU $02BD ;1-byte number of device retries SHFLOK EQU $02BE ;1-byte shift/control lock flags BOTSCR EQU $02BF ;1-byte screen bottom (24 = normal, 4 = split) PCOLR0 EQU $02C0 ;1-byte player-missle 0 color/luminance PCOLR1 EQU $02C1 ;1-byte player-missle 1 color/luminance PCOLR2 EQU $02C2 ;1-byte player-missle 2 color/luminance PCOLR3 EQU $02C3 ;1-byte player-missle 3 color/luminance COLOR0 EQU $02C4 ;1-byte playfield 0 color/luminance COLOR1 EQU $02C5 ;1-byte playfield 1 color/luminance COLOR2 EQU $02C6 ;1-byte playfield 2 color/luminance COLOR3 EQU $02C7 ;1-byte playfield 3 color/luminance COLOR4 EQU $02C8 ;1-byte background color/luminance PARMBL EQU $02C9 ;6-byte relocating loader parameter: RUNADR EQU $02C9 ;2-byte run address HIUSED EQU $02CB ;2-byte highest non-zero page addre: ZHIUSE EQU $02CD ;2-byte highest zero page address OLDPAR EQU $02CF ;6-byte relocating loader parameter: GBYTEA EQU $02CF ;2-byte GET-BYTE routine address LOADAD EQU $02D1 ;2-byte non-zero page load address ZLOADA EQU $02D3 ;2-byte zero page load address DSCTLN EQU $02D5 ;2-byte disk sector length ACMISR EQU $02D7 ;2-byte ACMI interrupt service rout: KRPDEL EQU $02D9 ;1-byte auto-repeat delay KEYREP EQU $02DA ;1-byte auto-repeat rate NOCLIK EQU $02DB ;1-byte key click disable HELPFG EQU $02DC ;1-byte HELP key flag (0 = no HELP) DMASAV EQU $02DD ;1-byte SDMCTL save/restore PBPNT EQU $02DE ;1-byte printer buffer pointer PBUFSZ EQU $02DF ;1-byte printer buffer size ; EQU $02E0 ;4 bytes reserved for DOS RAMSIZ EQU $02E4 ;1-byte high RAM size MEMTOP EQU $02E5 ;2-byte top of available user memory MEMLO EQU $02E7 ;2-byte bottom of available user memory HNDLOD EQU $02E9 ;1-byte user load flag (0 = no hand: DVSTAT EQU $02EA ;4-byte device status buffer CBAUDL EQU $02EE ;1-byte low cassette baud rate CBAUDH EQU $02EF ;1-byte high cassette baud rate CRSINH EQU $02F0 ;1-byte cursor inhibit (0 = cursor on) KEYDEL EQU $02F1 ;1-byte key debounce delay timer CH1 EQU $02F2 ;1-byte prior keyboard character CHACT EQU $02F3 ;1-byte CHACTL shadow CHBAS EQU $02F4 ;1-byte CHBASE shadow NEWROW EQU $02F5 ;1-byte draw destination row NEWCOL EQU $02F6 ;2-byte draw destination column ROWINC EQU $02F8 ;1-byte draw row increment COLINC EQU $02F9 ;1-byte draw column increment CHAR EQU $02FA ;1-byte internal character ATACHR EQU $02FB ;1-byte ATASCII character or plot point CH EQU $02FC ;1-byte keyboard code (buffer) FILDAT EQU $02FD ;1-byte right fill data DSPFLG EQU $02FE ;1-byte control character display flag (0 = no) SSFLAG EQU $02FF ;1-byte start/stop flag (0 = not stopped) SPACE 4,10 ** Page Three Address Equates DCB EQU $0300 ;12-byte device control block DDEVIC EQU $0300 ;1-byte unit 1 bus ID DUNIT EQU $0301 ;1-byte unit number DCOMND EQU $0302 ;1-byte bus command DSTATS EQU $0303 ;1-byte command type/status return DBUFLO EQU $0304 ;1-byte low data buffer address DBUFHI EQU $0305 ;1-byte high data buffer address DTIMLO EQU $0306 ;1-byte timeout (seconds) DUNUSE EQU $0307 ;1-byte (not used) DBYTLO EQU $0308 ;1-byte low number of bytes to transfer DBYTHI EQU $0309 ;1-byte high number of bytes to transfer DAUX1 EQU $030A ;1-byte first command auxiliary DAUX2 EQU $030B ;1-byte second command auxiliary TIMER1 EQU $030C ;2-byte initial baud rate timer value JMPERS EQU $030E ;1-byte jumper options CASFLG EQU $030F ;1-byte cassette I/O flag (0 = not cassette I/O) TIMER2 EQU $0310 ;2-byte final baud rate timer value TEMP1 EQU $0312 ;2-byte temporary TEMP2 EQU $0313 ;1-byte temporary PTIMOT EQU $0314 ;1-byte printer timeout TEMP3 EQU $0315 ;1-byte temporary SAVIO EQU $0316 ;1-byte saved serial data input indicator TIMFLG EQU $0317 ;1-byte timeout flag (0 = timeout) STACKP EQU $0318 ;1-byte SIO saved stack pointer TSTAT EQU $0319 ;1-byte temporary status HATABS EQU $031A ;35-byte handler address table PUPBT1 EQU $033D ;1-byte power-up validation byte 1 PUPBT2 EQU $033E ;1-byte power-up validation byte 2 PUPBT3 EQU $033F ;1-byte power-up validation byte 3 IOCB EQU $0340 ;128-byte I/O control blocks area ICHID EQU $0340 ;1-byte handler ID ($FF = free) ICDNO EQU $0341 ;1-byte device number ICCOM EQU $0342 ;1-byte command code ICSTA EQU $0343 ;1-byte status of last action ICBAL EQU $0344 ;1-byte low buffer address ICBAH EQU $0345 ;1-byte high buffer address ICPTL EQU $0346 ;1-byte low PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICPTH EQU $0347 ;1-byte high PUT-BYTE routine address-1 ICBLL EQU $0348 ;1-byte low buffer length ICBLH EQU $0349 ;1-byte high buffer length ICAX1 EQU $034A ;1-byte first auxiliary information ICAX2 EQU $034B ;1-byte second auxiliary information ICSPR EQU $034C ;4-byte work area PRNBUF EQU $03C0 ;40-byte printer buffer SUPERF EQU $03E8 ;1-byte editor super function flag : CKEY EQU $03E9 ;1-byte cassette boot request flag : CASSBT EQU $03EA ;1-byte cassette boot flag (0 = not: CARTCK EQU $03EB ;1-byte cartridge equivalence checksum DERRF EQU $03EC ;1-byte screen OPEN error flag (0 = not) ; Remainder of Page Three Not Cleared upon Reset ACMVAR EQU $03ED ;11 bytes reserved for ACMI BASICF EQU $03F8 ;1-byte BASIC switch flag (0 = BASIC enabled) MINTLK EQU $03F9 ;1-byte ACMI module interlock GINTLK EQU $03FA ;1-byte cartridge interlock CHLINK EQU $03FB ;2-byte loaded handler chain link CASBUF EQU $03FD ;3-byte first 3 bytes of cassette buffer SPACE 4,10 ** Page Four Address Equates ; EQU $0400 ;128-byte remainder of cassette buffer ; Reserved for Application USAREA EQU $0480 ;128 bytes reserved for application SPACE 4,10 ** Page Five Address Equates ; Reserved for Application and Floating Point Package ; EQU $0500 ;256 bytes reserved for application and FPP SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Address Equates LBPR1 EQU $057E ;1-byte LBUFF preamble LBPR2 EQU $057F ;1-byte LBUFF preamble LBUFF EQU $0580 ;128-byte line buffer PLYARG EQU $05E0 ;6-byte floating point polynomial argument FPSCR EQU $05E6 ;6-byte floating point temporary FPSCR1 EQU $05EC ;6-byte floating point temporary SPACE 4,10 ** Page Six Address Equates ; Reserved for Application ; EQU $0600 ;256 bytes reserved for application SPACE 4,10 ** LNBUG Address Equates LNBUG IF LNBUG LNORG EQU $6000 ;LNBUG origin LNIRQ EQU $6033 ;LNBUG IRQ entry LNNMI EQU $8351 ;LNBUG NMI vector LNBUG ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** Cartridge Address Equates CARTCS EQU $BFFA ;2-byte cartridge coldstart address CART EQU $BFFC ;1-byte cartridge present indicator CARTFG EQU $BFFD ;1-byte cartridge flags CARTAD EQU $BFFE ;2-byte cartridge start vector SPACE 4,10 ** CTIA/GTIA Address Equates CTIA EQU $D000 ;CTIA/GTIA area ; Read/Write Addresses CONSOL EQU $D01F ;console switches and speaker control ; Read Addresses M0PF EQU $D000 ;missle 0 and playfield collision M1PF EQU $D001 ;missle 1 and playfield collision M2PF EQU $D002 ;missle 2 and playfield collision M3PF EQU $D003 ;missle 3 and playfield collision P0PF EQU $D004 ;player 0 and playfield collision P1PF EQU $D005 ;player 1 and playfield collision P2PF EQU $D006 ;player 2 and playfield collision P3PF EQU $D007 ;player 3 and playfield collision M0PL EQU $D008 ;missle 0 and player collision M1PL EQU $D009 ;missle 1 and player collision M2PL EQU $D00A ;missle 2 and player collision M3PL EQU $D00B ;missle 3 and player collision P0PL EQU $D00C ;player 0 and player collision P1PL EQU $D00D ;player 1 and player collision P2PL EQU $D00E ;player 2 and player collision P3PL EQU $D00F ;player 3 and player collision TRIG0 EQU $D010 ;joystick trigger 0 TRIG1 EQU $D011 ;joystick trigger 1 TRIG2 EQU $D012 ;cartridge interlock TRIG3 EQU $D013 ;ACMI module interlock PAL EQU $D014 ;PAL/NTSC indicator ; Write Addresses HPOSP0 EQU $D000 ;player 0 horizontal position HPOSP1 EQU $D001 ;player 1 horizontal position HPOSP2 EQU $D002 ;player 2 horizontal position HPOSP3 EQU $D003 ;player 3 horizontal position HPOSM0 EQU $D004 ;missle 0 horizontal position HPOSM1 EQU $D005 ;missle 1 horizontal position HPOSM2 EQU $D006 ;missle 2 horizontal position HPOSM3 EQU $D007 ;missle 3 horizontal position SIZEP0 EQU $D008 ;player 0 size SIZEP1 EQU $D009 ;player 1 size SIZEP2 EQU $D00A ;player 2 size SIZEP3 EQU $D00B ;player 3 size SIZEM EQU $D00C ;missle sizes GRAFP0 EQU $D00D ;player 0 graphics GRAFP1 EQU $D00E ;player 1 graphics GRAFP2 EQU $D00F ;player 2 graphics GRAFP3 EQU $D010 ;player 3 graphics GRAFM EQU $D011 ;missle graphics COLPM0 EQU $D012 ;player-missle 0 color/luminance COLPM1 EQU $D013 ;player-missle 1 color/luminance COLPM2 EQU $D014 ;player-missle 2 color/luminance COLPM3 EQU $D015 ;player-missle 3 color/luminance COLPF0 EQU $D016 ;playfield 0 color/luminance COLPF1 EQU $D017 ;playfield 1 color/luminance COLPF2 EQU $D018 ;playfield 2 color/luminance COLPF3 EQU $D019 ;playfield 3 color/luminance COLBK EQU $D01A ;background color/luminance PRIOR EQU $D01B ;priority select VDELAY EQU $D01C ;vertical delay GRACTL EQU $D01D ;graphic control HITCLR EQU $D01E ;collision clear SPACE 4,10 ** PBI Address Equates PBI EQU $D100 ;parallel bus interface area ; Read Addresses PDVI EQU $D1FF ;parallel device IRQ status ; Write Addresses PDVS EQU $D1FF ;parallel device select SPACE 4,10 ** POKEY Address Equates POKEY EQU $D200 ;POKEY area ; Read Addresses POT0 EQU $D200 ;potentiometer 0 POT1 EQU $D201 ;potentiometer 1 POT2 EQU $D202 ;potentiometer 2 POT3 EQU $D203 ;potentiometer 3 POT4 EQU $D204 ;potentiometer 4 POT5 EQU $D205 ;potentiometer 5 POT6 EQU $D206 ;potentiometer 6 POT7 EQU $D207 ;potentiometer 7 ALLPOT EQU $D208 ;potentiometer port state KBCODE EQU $D209 ;keyboard code RANDOM EQU $D20A ;random number generator SERIN EQU $D20D ;serial port input IRQST EQU $D20E ;IRQ interrupt status SKSTAT EQU $D20F ;serial port and keyboard status ; Write Addresses AUDF1 EQU $D200 ;channel 1 audio frequency AUDC1 EQU $D201 ;channel 1 audio control AUDF2 EQU $D202 ;channel 2 audio frequency AUDC2 EQU $D203 ;channel 2 audio control AUDF3 EQU $D204 ;channel 3 audio frequency AUDC3 EQU $D205 ;channel 3 audio control AUDF4 EQU $D206 ;channel 4 audio frequency AUDC4 EQU $D207 ;channel 4 audio control AUDCTL EQU $D208 ;audio control STIMER EQU $D209 ;start timers SKRES EQU $D20A ;reset SKSTAT status POTGO EQU $D20B ;start potentiometer scan sequence SEROUT EQU $D20D ;serial port output IRQEN EQU $D20E ;IRQ interrupt enable SKCTL EQU $D20F ;serial port and keyboard control SPACE 4,10 ** PIA Address Equates PIA EQU $D300 ;PIA area ; Read/Write Addresses PORTA EQU $D300 ;port A direction register or jacks 0 and 1 PORTB EQU $D301 ;port B direction register or memory control PACTL EQU $D302 ;port A control PBCTL EQU $D303 ;port B control SPACE 4,10 ** ANTIC Address Equates ANTIC EQU $D400 ;ANTIC area ; Read Addresses VCOUNT EQU $D40B ;vertical line counter PENH EQU $D40C ;light pen horizontal position PENV EQU $D40D ;light pen vertical position NMIST EQU $D40F ;NMI interrupt status ; Write Addresses DMACTL EQU $D400 ;DMA control CHACTL EQU $D401 ;character control DLISTL EQU $D402 ;low display list address DLISTH EQU $D403 ;high disply list address HSCROL EQU $D404 ;horizontal scroll VSCROL EQU $D405 ;vertical scroll PMBASE EQU $D407 ;player-missle base address CHBASE EQU $D409 ;character base address WSYNC EQU $D40A ;wait for HBLANK synchronization NMIEN EQU $D40E ;NMI enable NMIRES EQU $D40F ;NMI interrupt status reset SPACE 4,10 ** PBI RAM Address Equates PBIRAM EQU $D600 ;parallel bus interface RAM area SPACE 4,10 ** ACMI Address Equates ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** Floating Point Package Address Equates AFP EQU $D800 ;convert ASCII to floating point FASC EQU $D8E6 ;convert floating point to ASCII IFP EQU $D9AA ;convert integer to floating point FPI EQU $D9D2 ;convert floating point to integer ZFR0 EQU $DA44 ;zero FR0 ZF1 EQU $DA46 ;zero floating point number FSUB EQU $DA60 ;subtract floating point numbers FADD EQU $DA66 ;add floating point numbers FMUL EQU $DADB ;multiply floating point numbers FDIV EQU $DB28 ;divide floating point numbers PLYEVL EQU $DD40 ;evaluate floating point polynomial FLD0R EQU $DD89 ;load floating point number FLD0P EQU $DD8D ;load floating point number FLD1R EQU $DD98 ;load floating point number FLD1P EQU $DD9C ;load floating point number FST0R EQU $DDA7 ;store floating point number FST0P EQU $DDAB ;store floating point number FMOVE EQU $DDB6 ;move floating point number LOG EQU $DECD ;calculate floating point logarithm LOG10 EQU $DED1 ;calculate floating point base 10 logarithm EXP EQU $DDC0 ;calculate floating point exponentiation EXP10 EQU $DDCC ;calculate floating point base 10 exponentiation SPACE 4,10 ** Parallel Device Address Equates PDID1 EQU $D803 ;parallel device ID 1 PDIOV EQU $D805 ;parallel device I/O vector PDIRQV EQU $D808 ;parallel device IRQ vector PDID2 EQU $D80B ;parallel device ID 2 PDVV EQU $D80D ;parallel device vector table SPACE 4,10 ** Device Handler Vector Table Address Equates EDITRV EQU $E400 ;editor handler vector table SCRENV EQU $E410 ;screen handler vector table KEYBDV EQU $E420 ;keyboard handler vector table PRINTV EQU $E430 ;printer handler vector table CASETV EQU $E440 ;cassette handler vector table SPACE 4,10 ** Jump Vector Address Equates DINITV EQU $E450 ;vector to initialize DIO DSKINV EQU $E453 ;vector to DIO CIOV EQU $E456 ;vector to CIO SIOV EQU $E459 ;vector to SIO SETVBV EQU $E45C ;vector to set VBLANK parameters SYSVBV EQU $E45F ;vector to process immediate VBLANK NMI XITVBV EQU $E462 ;vector to process deferred VBLANK NMI SIOINV EQU $E465 ;vector to initialize SIO SENDEV EQU $E468 ;vector to enable SEND INTINV EQU $E46B ;vector to initialize interrupt handler CIOINV EQU $E46E ;vector to initialize CIO BLKBDV EQU $E471 ;vector to power-up display (formerly memo pad) WARMSV EQU $E474 ;vector to warmstart COLDSV EQU $E477 ;vector to coldstart RBLOKV EQU $E47A ;vector to read cassette block CSOPIV EQU $E47D ;vector to open cassette for input PUPDIV EQU $E480 ;vector to power-up display SLFTSV EQU $E483 ;vector to self-test PHENTV EQU $E486 ;vector to enter peripheral handler PHUNLV EQU $E489 ;vector to unlink peripheral handler PHINIV EQU $E48C ;vector to initialize peripheral handler SPACE 4,10 ** Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table Address Equates GPDVV EQU $E48F ;generic parallel device handler vector table SUBTTL 'Miscellaneous Address Equates' SPACE 4,10 ** Self-test Page Zero Address Equates STTIME EQU $0080 ;2-byte main screen timeout timer STAUT EQU $0082 ;1-byte auto-mode flag STJMP EQU $0083 ;3-byte ANTIC jump instruction STSEL EQU $0086 ;1-byte selection STPASS EQU $0087 ;1-byte pass STSPP EQU $0088 ;1-byte SELECT previously pressed flag ; EQU $0089 ;1-byte (not used) STKST EQU $008A ;1-byte keyboard self-test flag (0 = not) STCHK EQU $008B ;2-byte checksum STSMM EQU $008D ;1-byte screen memory mask STSMP EQU $008E ;1-byte screen memory pointer ST1K EQU $008F ;1-byte current 1K of memory to test STPAG EQU $0090 ;2-byte current page to test STPC EQU $0092 ;1-byte page count STMVAL EQU $0093 ;1-byte correct value for memory test STSKP EQU $0094 ;1-byte simulated keypress index STTMP1 EQU $0095 ;2-byte temporary STVOC EQU $0097 ;1-byte current voice indicator STNOT EQU $0098 ;1-byte current note counter STCDI EQU $0099 ;1-byte cleft display pointer STCDA EQU $009A ;1-byte cleft data pointer STTMP2 EQU $009B ;2-byte temporary STTMP3 EQU $009D ;1-byte temporary STADR1 EQU $009E ;2-byte temporary address STADR2 EQU $00A0 ;2-byte temporary address STBL EQU $00A2 ;1-byte blink counter STTMP4 EQU $00A3 ;1-byte temporary STLM EQU $00A4 ;1-byte LED mask STTMP5 EQU $00A5 ;1-byte temporary SPACE 4,10 ** Self-test Address Equates ST3000 EQU $3000 ;screen memory ST3002 EQU $3002 ;cleft display ST3004 EQU $3004 ;"VOICE #" text display ST300B EQU $300B ;voice number display ST301C EQU $301C ;START key display ST301E EQU $301E ;SELECT key display ST3020 EQU $3020 ;OPTION key display, first 8K ROM display ST3021 EQU $3021 ;keyboard character display ST3022 EQU $3022 ;keyboard text display ST3024 EQU $3024 ;second 8K ROM display ST3028 EQU $3028 ;"RAM" text display ST3038 EQU $3038 ;RAM display ST303C EQU $303C ;fifth note display ST304C EQU $304C ;"B S" text display ST3052 EQU $3052 ;tab key display ST3062 EQU $3062 ;cleft display ST306D EQU $306D ;return key display ST3072 EQU $3072 ;control key display ST3092 EQU $3092 ;"SH" text display ST309E EQU $309E ;sixth note display ST30AB EQU $30AB ;"SH" text display ST30B7 EQU $30B7 ;"S P A C E B A R" text display ST30C1 EQU $30C1 ;cleft display ST30C2 EQU $30C2 ;cleft display ST30C7 EQU $30C7 ;third note display ST30CA EQU $30CA ;fourth note display ST30F8 EQU $30F8 ;third note display ST3100 EQU $3100 ;screen memory ST3121 EQU $3121 ;cleft display ST3122 EQU $3122 ;cleft display ST313C EQU $313C ;fifth note display ST3150 EQU $3150 ;first line of staff display ST3154 EQU $3154 ;first note display ST3181 EQU $3181 ;cleft display ST3182 EQU $3182 ;cleft display ST3186 EQU $3186 ;second note display ST318C EQU $318C ;fifth note display ST31B0 EQU $31B0 ;second line of staff display ST31C2 EQU $31C2 ;cleft display ST31CA EQU $31CA ;fourth note display ST31EE EQU $31EE ;sixth note display ST31F1 EQU $31F1 ;cleft display ST3210 EQU $3210 ;third line of staff display ST321A EQU $321A ;fourth note display ST3248 EQU $3248 ;third note display ST3270 EQU $3270 ;fourth line of staff display ST32D0 EQU $32D0 ;fifth line of staff display SUBTTL 'Macro Definitions' SPACE 4,10 ** FIX - Fix Address * * FIX sets the origin counter to the value specified as an * argument. If the current origin counter is less than the * argument, FIX fills the intervening bytes with zero and * issues a message to document the location and number of * bytes that are zero filled. * * ENTRY FIX address * * * EXIT * Origin counter set to specified address. * Message issued if zero fill required. * * CHANGES * -none- * * CALLS * -none- * * NOTES * Due to ECHO limitiation of 255 iterations, FIX is * recursive. * If the current origin counter value is beyond the * argument, FIX generates an error. * * MODS * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FIX MACRO address IF %1 <> *O IF %1 > *O IF %1 - *O < 256 MSG '$',%1 - *O,' free bytes from $',*O,' to $',%1 - 1 ECHO %1 = *O DB 0 ENDM ELSE FIX *O + 255 FIX %1 ENDIF ELSE ERR ;%1 precedes current origin counter of *O ENDIF ENDIF ORG *O ENDM SUBTTL 'First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum' SPACE 4,10 ORG $C000 SPACE 4,10 ** First 8K ROM Identification and Checksum DW $0000 ;reserved for checksum DB IDDAY,IDMON,IDYEAR ;date (day, month, year) DB $00 ;not used DB IDPN1,IDPN2,IDPN3,IDPN4,IDPN5 ;part number DB IDREV ;revision number SUBTTL 'Interrupt Handler' SPACE 4,10 ** IIH - Initialize Interrupt Handler * * ENTRY JSR IIH * TRIG3 = ACMI module interlock * TRIG2 = cartridge interlock * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIH = * ;entry LDA #$40 STA NMIEN ;disable DLI and enable VBLANK NMI LDA TRIG3 ;cartridge interlock STA GINTLK ;cartridge interlock status ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** NMI - Process NMI * * ENTRY JMP NMI * * EXIT * Exits via appropriate vector to process NMI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 NMI = * ;entry ASSERT $C0=high NMI ;for compatibility with LNBUG ; Check for display list NMI. BIT NMIST BPL NMI1 ;if not display list NMI JMP (VDSLST) ;process display list NMI, return ; Initialize. NMI1 CLD ; Save registers. PHA ;save A TXA PHA ;save X TYA PHA ;save Y ; Reset NMI status. STA NMIRES ;reset NMI status ; Process NMI. LNBUG IF LNBUG LDA LNFLG ;LNBUG flag BNE NMI2 ;if LNBUG JMP (VVBLKI) ;process immediate VBLANK NMI, return NMI2 JMP (LNNMI) ;invoke LNBUG NMI routine, return LNBUG ELSE JMP (VVBLKI) ;process immediate VBLANK NMI, return LNBUG ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** IRQ - Process IRQ * * ENTRY JMP IRQ * * EXIT * Exits via VIMIRQ vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IRQ = * ;entry ; Initialize. CLD ; Process IRQ. LNBUG IF LNBUG BIT LNFLG BMI IRQ1 ;if LNBUG on JMP (VIMIRQ) ;process immediate IRQ, return IRQ1 JMP LNIRQ ;invoke LNBUG IRQ routine, return LNBUG ELSE JMP (VIMIRQ) ;process immediate IRQ, return LNBUG ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** IIR - Process Immediate IRQ * * ENTRY JMP IIR * * EXIT * Exits via appropriate vector to process IRQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save A ; Check for serial input ready IRQ. LDA IRQST ;IRQ status AND #$20 ;serial input ready BNE IIR1 ;if not serial input ready ; Process serial input IRQ. LDA #not $20 ;all other interrupts STA IRQEN ;enable all other interrupts LDA POKMSK STA IRQEN JMP (VSERIN) ;process serial input ready IRQ, return ; Process possible ACMI IRQ. IIR1 ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF ; Initialize further. TXA PHA ;save X ; Check for parallel device IRQ. LDA PDVI ;parallel device IRQ statuses AND PDIMSK ;select desired IRQ statuses BEQ IIR2 ;if no desired IRQ ; Process parallel device IRQ. JMP (VPIRQ) ;process parallel device IR: ; Check other types of IRQ. IIR2 LDX #TIRQL-1-1 ;offset to next to last entry IIR3 LDA TIRQ,X ;IRQ type CPX #5 ;offset to serial out complete BNE IIR4 ;if not serial out complete AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable BEQ IIR5 ;if serial out complete not enabled IIR4 BIT IRQST ;IRQ interrupt status BEQ IIR6 ;if interrupt found IIR5 DEX BPL IIR3 ;if not done ; Coninue IRQ processing. JMP CIR ;continue IRQ processing, return ; Enable other interrupts. IIR6 EOR #$FF ;complement mask STA IRQEN ;enable all others LDA POKMSK ;POKEY IRQ mask STA IRQEN ;enable indicated IRQ's ; Check for BREAK key IRQ. CPX #0 BNE IIR7 ;if not BREAK key IRQ ; Check for keyboard disabled. LDA KEYDIS BNE CIR ;if keyboard disabled, cont: ; Process IRQ. IIR7 LDA TOIH,X ;offset to interrupt handler TAX LDA INTABS,X ;interrupt handler address STA JVECK LDA INTABS+1,X STA JVECK+1 PLA TAX ;restore X JMP (JVECK) ;process interrupt, return SPACE 4,10 ** BIR - Process BREAK Key IRQ * * ENTRY JMP BIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BIR = * ;entry ; Process BREAK. LDA #0 STA BRKKEY ;clear BREAK key flag STA SSFLAG ;clear start/stop flag STA CRSINH ;enable cursor STA ATRACT ;turn off attract-mode ; Exit. BIR1 PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CIR - Continue IRQ Processing * * ENTRY JMP CIR * * EXIT * Exits via appropriate vector to process IRQ or to XIR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. PLA ;saved ??? TAX ; Check for port A interrupt. BIT PACTL ;port A control BPL CIR1 ;if not port A interrupt ; Process proceed line IRQ. LDA PORTA ;clear interrupt status bit JMP (VPRCED) ;process proceed line IRQ, return ; Check for port B interrupt. CIR1 BIT PBCTL ;port B control BPL CIR2 ;if not port B interrupt ; Process interrupt line IRQ. LDA PORTB ;clear interrupt status bit JMP (VINTER) ;process interrupt line IRQ, return ; Check for BRK instruction IRQ. CIR2 PLA STA JVECK PLA ;saved P PHA ;resave P AND #$10 ;B bit of P register BEQ CIR3 ;if not BRK instruction IRQ ; Process BRK instruction IRQ. LDA JVECK PHA JMP (VBREAK) ;process BRK instruction IRQ, return ; Exit IRQ processing. CIR3 LDA JVECK PHA ; JMP XIR ;exit IRQ processing, return SPACE 4,10 ** XIR - Exit IRQ Processing * * ENTRY JMP XIR * * EXIT * Exits to RIR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XIR = * ;entry PLA ;restore A ; JMP RIR ;return from interrupt SPACE 4,10 ** RIR - Return from Interrupt * * ENTRY JMP RIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RIR = * ;entry RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** AIR - Process ACMI IRQ * * ENTRY JMP AIR * * EXIT Exits via ASMISR vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** TIRQ - Table of IRQ Types * * Entry n is the interrupt indicator of priority n (0 is lowest). * * NOTES * Problem: entry 7 (serial input ready) not used. TIRQ DB $80 ;0 - BREAK key IRQ DB $40 ;1 - keyboard IRQ DB $04 ;2 - timer 4 IRQ DB $02 ;3 - timer 2 IRQ DB $01 ;4 - timer 1 IRQ DB $08 ;5 - serial output complete IRQ DB $10 ;6 - serial output ready IRQ DB $20 ;7 - serial input ready IRQ TIRQL = *-TIRQ ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TOIH - Table of Offsets to Interrupt Handlers * * Entry n is the offset to the interrupt handler vector * corresponding to entry n of TIRQ. * * NOTES * Problem: entry 7 (serial input ready) not used. TOIH DB BRKKY-INTABS ;0 - BREAK key IRQ DB VKEYBD-INTABS ;1 - keyboard IRQ DB VTIMR4-INTABS ;2 - timer 4 IRQ DB VTIMR2-INTABS ;3 - timer 2 IRQ DB VTIMR1-INTABS ;4 - timer 1 IRQ DB VSEROC-INTABS ;5 - serial output complete IRQ DB VSEROR-INTABS ;6 - serial output ready IRQ DB VSERIN-INTABS ;7 - serial input ready IRQ SPACE 4,10 ** WFR - Wait for RESET * * WFR loops forever. * * ENTRY JMP WFR * * EXIT * Does not exit * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WFR = * ;entry ; Loop forever, waiting for RESET. WFR1 JMP WFR1 ;loop SPACE 4,10 ** IVNM - Process Immediate VBLANK NMI * * ENTRY JMP IVNM * * EXIT * Exits to DVNM or via VVBLKD vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IVNM = * ;entry ; Increment frame counter and attract-mode counter. INC RTCLOK+2 ;increment low frame counter BNE IVN1 ;if low counter not zero INC ATRACT ;increment attract-mode counter/flag INC RTCLOK+1 ;increment middle frame counter BNE IVN1 ;if middle counter not zero INC RTCLOK ;increment high frame counter ; Set attract-mode effects. IVN1 LDA #$FE ;select no luminance change LDX #0 ;select no color shift LDY ATRACT ;attract-mode timer/flag BPL IVN2 ;if not attract-mode STA ATRACT ;ensure continued attract-mode LDX RTCLOK+1 ;select color shift LDA #$F6 ;select lower luminance IVN2 STA DRKMSK ;attract-mode luminance STX COLRSH ;attract-mode color shift ; Update COLPF1 (in case fine scrolling and critical : LDA COLOR1 ;playfield 1 color EOR COLRSH ;modify color with attract-: AND DRKMSK ;modify with attract-mode l: STA COLPF1 ;set playfield 1 color/lumi: ; Process countdown timer 1. LDX #0 ;indicate countdown timer 1 JSR DCT ;decrement countdown timer BNE IVN3 ;if timer not expired JSR PTO ;process countdown timer 1 expiration ; Check for critical sction. IVN3 LDA CRITIC BNE IVN4 ;if critical section ; Check for IRQ enabled. TSX ;stack pointer LDA $0104,X ;stacked P AND #$04 ;I (IRQ disable) bit BEQ IVN5 ;if IRQ enabled ; Exit. IVN4 JMP DVNM ;process deferred VBLANK NMI, return ; Process IRQ enabled non-critical section. IVN5 ; Check for ACMI module change. ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF ; Check for cartridge change. LDA TRIG3 ;cartridge interlock CMP GINTLK ;previous cartridge interlock status BNE WFR ;if cartridge change, wait for RESET ; Set hardware registers from shadows. LDA PENV STA LPENV ;light pen vertical position LDA PENH STA LPENH ;light pen vertical position LDA SDLSTH STA DLISTH ;high display list address LDA SDLSTL STA DLISTL ;low display list address LDA SDMCTL STA DMACTL ;DMA control LDA GPRIOR STA PRIOR ;prioritty select ; Check for vertical scroll enabled. LDA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count BEQ IVN6 ;if vertical scroll not ena: ; Scroll one line. DEC VSFLAG ;decrement vertical scroll : LDA #8 ;scroll one line SEC SBC VSFLAG ;subtract vertical scroll c: AND #07 STA VSCROL ;set vertical scroll ; Turn off speaker. IVN6 LDX #$08 ;speaker off STX CONSOL ;set speaker control ; Set color registers from shadows. ; LDX #8 ;offset to background color IVN7 CLI LDA PCOLR0,X ;color register shadow EOR COLRSH ;modify with attract-mode color shift AND DRKMSK ;modify with attract-mode luminance STA COLPM0,X ;set color register DEX BPL IVN7 ;if not done ; Set character set control. LDA CHBAS STA CHBASE LDA CHACT STA CHACTL ; Process countdown timer 2. LDX #2 ;indicate countdown timer 2 JSR DCT ;decrement countdown timer BNE IVN8 ;if timer not expired JSR PTT ;process countdown timer 2 expiration ; Process timers 3, 4 and 5. IVN8 LDX #2 ;preset offset to timer 2 IVN9 INX INX ;offset to countdown timer LDA CDTMV3-4,X ;countdown timer ORA CDTMV3+1-4,X BEQ IVN10 ;if countdown timer already expired JSR DCT ;decrement countdown timer STA CDTMF3-4,X ;indicate timer expiration status IVN10 CPX #8 ;offset to timer 5 BNE IVN9 ;if all timers not done ; Check debounce counter. LDA SKSTAT ;keyboard status AND #$04 ;key down indicator BEQ IVN11 ;if key down ; Process key up. LDA KEYDEL ;key delay counter BEQ IVN11 ;if counted down already DEC KEYDEL ;decrement key delay counter ; Check software key repeat timer. IVN11 LDA SRTIMR ;key repeat timer BEQ IVN13 ;if key repeat timer expired LDA SKSTAT ;keyboard status AND #$04 ;key down indicator BNE IVN12 ;if key no longer down DEC SRTIMR ;decrement key repeat timer BNE IVN13 ;if key repeat timer not expired ; Process key repeat timer expiration. LDA KEYDIS ;keyboard disable flag BNE IVN13 ;if keyboard disabled, no r: LDA KEYREP ;initial timer value STA SRTIMR ;reset key repeat timer LDA KBCODE ;key code ; Check for hidden codes. CMP #CNTL1 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-1 CMP #CNTLF1 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-F1 CMP #CNTLF2 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-F2 CMP #CNTLF4 BEQ IVN13 ;if CTRL-F4 AND #$3F CMP #HELP BEQ IVN13 ;if HELP ; Set key code. LDA KBCODE ;key code STA CH ;set key code JMP IVN13 ;continue ; Zero key repeat timer. IVN12 LDA #0 STA SRTIMR ;zero key repeat timer ; Read joysticks. IVN13 LDA PORTA ;joystick readings LSR A LSR A LSR A LSR A ;joystick 1 reading STA STICK1 ;set joystick 1 reading VGC IF VGC STA STICK3 ;simulate joystick 3 reading VGC ENDIF LDA PORTA ;joystick readings AND #$0F ;joystick 0 reading STA STICK0 ;set joystick 0 reading VGC IF VGC STA STICK2 ;simulate joystick 2 reading VGC ENDIF ; Read joystick triggers. LDA TRIG0 ;trigger 0 indicator STA STRIG0 ;set trigger 0 indicator VGC IF VGC STA STRIG2 ;simulate trigger 2 indicator VGC ENDIF LDA TRIG1 ;trigger 1 indicator STA STRIG1 ;set trigger 1 indicator VGC IF VGC STA STRIG3 ;simulate trigger 3 indicator VGC ENDIF ; Read potentiometers. LDX #3 ;offset to last potentiometer IVN14 LDA POT0,X ;potentiometer reading STA PADDL0,X ;set potentiometer reading VGC IF VGC STA PADDL4,X ;simulate potentiometer reading VGC ENDIF DEX BPL IVN14 ;if not done ; Start potentiometers for next time. STA POTGO ;start potentiometers ; Read paddle triggers. LDX #2 ;offset to paddle trigger reading LDY #1 ;offset to joystick reading IVN15 LDA STICK0,Y ;joystick reading LSR A LSR A LSR A ;paddle trigger reading STA PTRIG1,X ;set paddle trigger reading VGC IF VGC STA PTRIG5,X ;simulate paddle trigger reading VGC ENDIF LDA #0 ROL A ;paddle trigger reading STA PTRIG0,X ;set paddle trigger reading VGC IF VGC STA PTRIG4,X ;simulate paddle trigger reading VGC ENDIF DEX DEX DEY BPL IVN15 ;if not done ; Exit. JMP (VVBLKD) ;process deferred VBLANK NMI, return SPACE 4,10 ** PTO - Process Countdown Timer One Expiration * * ENTRY JSR PTO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTO = * ;entry JMP (CDTMA1) ;process countdown timer 1 expiration SPACE 4,10 ** PTT - Process Countdown Timer Two Expiration * * ENTRY JSR PTT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTT = * ;entry JMP (CDTMA2) ;process countdown timer 2 expiration SPACE 4,10 ** DCT - Decrement Countdown Timer * * ENTRY JSR DCT * X = offset to timer value * * EXIT * A = 0, if timer expired * = $FF, if timer did not expire * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DCT = * ;entry LDY CDTMV1,X ;low timer value BNE DCT1 ;if low timer value not zero LDY CDTMV1+1,X ;high timer value BEQ DCT2 ;if timer value zero, exit DEC CDTMV1+1,X ;decrement high timer value DCT1 DEC CDTMV1,X ;decrement low timer value BNE DCT2 ;if low timer value not zero LDY CDTMV1+1,X ;high timer value BNE DCT2 ;if high timer value not zero LDA #0 ;indicate timer expired RTS ;return DCT2 LDA #$FF ;indicate timer did not expire RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SVP - Set Vertical Blank Parameters * * SVP sets countdown timers and VBLANK vectors. * * ENTRY JSR SVP * X = high initial timer value or high vector address * Y = low initial timer value or low vector address * A = 1, if timer 1 value * 2, if timer 2 value * 3, if timer 3 value * 4, if timer 4 value * 5, if timer 5 value * 6, if immediate VBLANK vector * 7, if deferred VBLANK vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SVP = * ;entry ; Initialize. ASL A ;compute offset+2 to value or vector STA INTEMP ;offset+2 to value or vector TXA ;high timer value or high vector address ; Ensure no VBLANK in progress by delaying after HBLANK. LDX #5 ;20 CPU cycles STA WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization SVP1 DEX BNE SVP1 ;if not done delaying ; Set timer value or vector address. LDX INTEMP ;offset+2 to value or vector STA CDTMV1-2+1,X ;high timer value or high vector address TYA STA CDTMV1-2,X ;low timer value or low vector address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DVNM - Process Deferred VBLANK NMI * * ENTRY JMP DVNM * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DVNM = * ;entry PLA TAY ;restore Y PLA TAX ;restore X PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SUBTTL 'Initialization' SPACE 4,10 ** PWS - Perform Warmstart * * ENTRY JMP PWS * * EXIT * Exits to PCS or PRS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PWS = * ;entry ; Initialize. SEI ; Check for cartridge change. LDA TRIG3 ;cartridge interlock CMP GINTLK ;previous cartridge interlock status BNE PCS ;if cartridge changed, perform coldstart ; Check for cartridge. ROR A BCC PWS1 ;if no cartridge ; Verify no change in cartridge. JSR CCE ;check cartridge equivalence BNE PCS ;if different cartridge, coldstart ; Check coldstart status. PWS1 LDA COLDST ;coldstart status BNE PCS ;if coldstart was in progress, perform coldstart ; Perform warmstart. LDA #$FF ;indicate warmstart BNE PRS ;preset memory, return SPACE 4,10 ** RES - Process RESET * * ENTRY JMP RES * * EXIT * Exits to PCS, if coldstart, or PWS, if warmstart * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RES = * ;entry ; Initialize. SEI ; Delay 0.1 second for RESET bounce. LDX #140 ;0.1 second delay RES1 DEY BNE RES1 ;if inner loop not done DEX BNE RES1 ;if outer loop not done ; Check power-up validation bytes. LDA PUPBT1 CMP #PUPVL1 BNE PCS ;if validation byte 1 differs, coldstart LDA PUPBT2 CMP #PUPVL2 BNE PCS ;if validation byte 2 differs, coldstart LDA PUPBT3 CMP #PUPVL3 BEQ PWS ;if all bytes validated, perform warmstart ; JMP PCS ;perform coldstart, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCS - Perform Coldstart * * ENTRY JMP PCS * * EXIT * Exits to PRS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCS = * ;entry LDA #0 ;indicate coldstart ; JMP PRS ;preset memory, return SPACE 4,10 ** PRS - Preset Memory * * ENTRY JMP PRS * * EXIT * Exits via CARTCS vector or DOSVEC vector * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PRS = * ;entry ; Update warmstart flag. STA WARMST ;update warmstart flag ; Set initial conditions. SEI CLD LDX #$FF TXS ;set stack pointer ; Initialize LNBUG flag, if necessary. LNBUG IF LNBUG LDY #0 ;assume no LNBUG LDA LNORG ;first byte of LNBUG CMP #$4C ;JMP instruction BNE PRS2 ;if JMP not present, indicate no LNBUG INC LNORG ;try to increment test byte CMP LNORG ;original contents of test byte BEQ PRS1 ;if no change, LNBUG present DEC LNORG ;restore test byte BNE PRS2 ;indicate no LNBUG PRS1 DEY ;LNBUG present indicator PRS2 STY LNFLG ;LNBUG flag LNBUG ENDIF ; Perform miscellaneous initialization. JSR PMI ;perform miscellaneous initialization ; Initialize memory status. LDA #1 ;no failure indicator STA NGFLAG ;memory status flag ; Check type. LDA WARMST ;warmstart flag BNE PRS8 ;if warmstart ; Zero all RAM (except beginning of page zero). LDA #0 LDY #WARMST ;initial offset into page zero STA RAMLO STA RAMLO+1 ;initialize RAM pointer PRS3 LDA #$FF STA (RAMLO),Y ;attempt to store $FF CMP (RAMLO),Y BEQ PRS4 ;if $FF stored successfully LSR NGFLAG ;indicate memory failure PRS4 LDA #$00 STA (RAMLO),Y ;attempt to store $00 CMP (RAMLO),Y BEQ PRS5 ;if $00 stored successfully LSR NGFLAG ;indicate memory failure PRS5 INY BNE PRS3 ;if not end of page ; Advance to next page and check for completion. INC RAMLO+1 ;advance RAM pointer to next page LDX RAMLO+1 CPX TRAMSZ ;RAM size BNE PRS3 ;if not at end of RAM ; Initialize DOSVEC. LDA #low PPD ;power-up display routine address STA DOSVEC ;initialize DOS vector LDA #high PPD STA DOSVEC+1 ; Verify ROM checksums. LDA PORTB AND #$7F ;select self-test ROM STA PORTB ;port B memory control JSR VFR ;verify first 8K ROM BCS PRS6 ;if first 8K ROM bad JSR VSR ;verify second 8K ROM BCC PRS7 ;if seond 8K ROM good PRS6 LSR NGFLAG ;indicate memory bad PRS7 LDA PORTB ORA #$80 ;disable self-test ROM STA PORTB ;update port B memory control ; Indicate coldstart in progress. LDA #$FF STA COLDST ;indicate coldstart in progress BNE PRS12 ;continue with coldstart procedures ; Perform warmstart procedures. PRS8 LDX #0 LDA DERRF ;screen OPEN error flag BEQ PRS9 ;if in screen OPEN ; Clean up APPMHI. ; STX APPMHI VFD 8\$8E,8\low APPMHI,8\high APPMHI ; STX APPMHI+1 VFD 8\$8E,8\low [APPMHI+1],8\high [APPMHI+1] TXA ; Clear page 2 and part of page 3. PRS9 STA $0200,X ;clear byte of page 2 CPX #low ACMVAR ;start of page 3 locations not to clear BCS PRS10 ;if not to clear this page 3 location STA $0300,X ;clear byte of page 3 PRS10 DEX BNE PRS9 ;if not done ; Clear part of page 0. LDX #INTZBS ;offset to first page 0 byte to clear PRS11 STA $0000,X ;clear byte of page 0 INX BPL PRS11 ;if not done ; Record BASIC status. PRS12 LDX #0 ;initially assume BASIC enabled LDA PORTB ;port B memory control AND #$02 ;BASIC enabled indicator BEQ PRS13 ;if BASIC enabled INX ;indicate BASIC disabled PRS13 STX BASICF ;BASIC flag ; Establish power-up validation bytes. LDA #PUPVL1 STA PUPBT1 ;validation byte 1 LDA #PUPVL2 STA PUPBT2 ;validation byte 2 LDA #PUPVL3 STA PUPBT3 ;validation byte 3 ; Establish screen margins. LDA #LEDGE STA LMARGN ;left margin LDA #REDGE STA RMARGN ;right margin ; Establish parameters for NTSC or PAL. LDA PAL ;GTIA flag bits AND #$0E ;PAL/NTSC indicator BNE PRS14 ;if NTSC LDA #5 ;PAL key repeat delay LDX #1 ;PAL indicator LDY #40 ;PAL key repeat initial delay BNE PRS15 ;set parameters PRS14 LDA #6 ;NTSC key repeat delay LDX #0 ;NTSC indicator LDY #48 ;NTSC key repeat initial delay PRS15 STA KEYREP ;set key repeat rate STX PALNTS ;set PAL/NTSC status STY KRPDEL ;set key repeat initial delay ; Initialize missing controller ports, if not simulated. VGC IF not VGC LDA #$0F ;joystick centered STA STICK2 STA STICK3 LDA #$01 ;trigger not pressed STA STRIG2 STA STRIG3 LDX #3 ;offset to last controller PRS16 LDA #$E4 ;paddle fully counter-clockwise STA PADDL4,X LDA #$01 ;trigger not pressed STA PTRIG4,X DEX BPL PRS16 ;if not done VGC ENDIF ; Copy interrupt vector table from ROM to RAM. LDX #TIHVL-1 ;offset to last byte of table PRS17 LDA TIHV,X ;byte of table of interrupt vectors STA INTABS,X ;byte of RAM table DEX BPL PRS17 ;if not done ; Copy handler vector table from ROM to RAM. LDX #THAVL-1 ;offset to last byte of table PRS18 LDA THAV,X ;byte of handler vector table STA HATABS,X ;byte of RAM table DEX BPL PRS18 ;if not done ; Initialize software. JSR ISW ;initialize software ; Initialize ACMI module, if present. ACMI IF ACMI ACMI ENDIF ; Enable IRQ interrupts. CLI ; Check for memory problems. LDA NGFLAG ;memory status BNE PRS21 ;if memory good ; Perform memory self-test on bad memory. LDA PORTB AND #$7F ;enable self-test ROM STA PORTB ;update port B memory control LDA #2 STA CHACT ;CHACTL (character control) shadow LDA #high DCSORG ;high domestic character set origin STA CHBAS ;CHBASE (character base) shadow JMP EMS ;execute memory self-test ; Check for cartridge. PRS21 LDX #0 STX TRAMSZ ;clear cartridge flag LDX RAMSIZ ;RAM size CPX #high $B000 ;start of cartridge area BCS PRS22 ;if RAM in cartridge area LDX CART BNE PRS22 ;if no cartridge INC TRAMSZ ;set cartridge flag JSR CCE ;check cartridge equivalence JSR ICS ;initialize cartridge software ; Open screen editor. PRS22 LDA #OPEN LDX #SEIOCB ;screen editor IOCB index STA ICCOM,X ;command LDA #low SEDS ;screen editor device specification STA ICBAL,X ;buffer address LDA #high SEDS STA ICBAH,X LDA #OPNIN+OPNOT ;open for input/output STA ICAX1,X ;auxiliary informatin 1 JSR CIOV ;vector to CIO BPL PRS23 ;if no error ; Process error (which should never happen). JMP RES ;retry power-up ; Delay, ensuring VBLANK. PRS23 INX BNE PRS23 ;if inner loop not done INY BPL PRS23 ;if outer loop not done ; Attempt cassette boot. JSR ACB ;attempt cassette boot ; Check cartridge for disk boot. LDA TRAMSZ BEQ PRS24 ;if no cartridge LDA CARTFG ;cartridge mode flags ROR A BCC PRS25 ;if disk boot not desired ; Attempt disk boot. PRS24 JSR ADB ;attempt disk boot ; Initialize peripheral handler loading facility. JSR PHR ;poll, load, relocate, init: ; Indicate coldstart complete. PRS25 LDA #0 STA COLDST ;indicate coldstart complete ; Check cartridge for execution. LDA TRAMSZ BEQ PRS26 ;if no cartridge LDA CARTFG ;cartridge mode flags AND #$04 BEQ PRS26 ;if execution not desired ; Execute cartridge. JMP (CARTCS) ;execute cartridge ; Exit to power-up display or booted program. PRS26 JMP (DOSVEC) ;vector to booted program SPACE 4,10 ** ICS - Initialize Cartridge Software * * ENTRY JSR ICS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICS = * ;entry JMP (CARTAD) ;initialize cartridge software SPACE 4,10 ** PAI - Process ACMI Interrupt * * PAI does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR PAI * * NOTES * Problem: this code is unneeded unless ACMI : * option is selected. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PAI = * ;entry CLC RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** THAV - Table of Handler Vectors * * NOTES * THAV is moved to RAM table HATABS. THAV DB PRINTR ;printer device code DW PRINTV ;printer handler vector table DB CASSET ;cassette device code DW CASETV ;cassette handler vector table DB SCREDT ;editor device code DW EDITRV ;editor handler vector table DB DISPLY ;screen device code DW SCRENV ;screen handler vector table DB KBD ;keyboard device code DW KEYBDV ;keyboard handler vector table THAVL = *-THAV ;length SPACE 4,10 ** BMSG - Boot Error Message BMSG DB 'BOOT ERROR',EOL SPACE 4,10 ** Screen Editor Device Specification SEDS DB 'E:',EOL SPACE 4,10 ** TIHV - Table of Interrupt Handler Vectors * * NOTES * TIHV is moved to RAM table INTABS. TIHV DW RIR ;VDSLST - display list NMI vector DW XIR ;VPRCED - proceed line IRQ vector DW XIR ;VINTER - interrupt line IRQ vector DW XIR ;VBREAK - BRK instruction IRQ vector DW KIR ;VKEYBD - keyboard IRQ vector DW IRIR ;VSERIN - serial input ready IRQ vector DW ORIR ;VSEROR - serial output ready IRQ vector DW OCIR ;VSEROC - serial output complete IRQ vector DW XIR ;VTIMR1 - POKEY timer 1 IRQ vector DW XIR ;VTIMR2 - POKEY timer 2 IRQ vector DW XIR ;VTIMR4 - POKEY timer 4 IRQ vector DW IIR ;VIMIRQ - immediate IRQ vector DW 0 ;CDTMV1 - countdown timer 1 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV2 - countdown timer 2 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV3 - countdown timer 3 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV4 - countdown timer 4 vector DW 0 ;CDTMV5 - countdown timer 5 vector DW IVNM ;VVBLKI - immediate VBLANK NMI vector DW DVNM ;VVBLKD - deferred VBLANK NMI vector TIHVL = *-TIHV ;length SPACE 4,10 ** PMI - Perform Miscellaneous Initialization * * ENTRY JSR PMI * * NOTES * Problem: initial address for sizing RAM sho: * $4000 (16K) instead of $2800. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PMI = * ;entry ; Check for cartridge special execution case. LDA TRIG3 ROR A BCC PMI1 ;if cartridge not inserted LDA CART BNE PMI1 ;if not cartridge LDA CARTFG ;cartridge flags BPL PMI1 ;if special execution not desired ; Execute cartridge. JMP (CARTAD) ;execute cartridge ; Initialize hardware. PMI1 JSR IHW ;initialize hardware ; Disable BASIC. LDA PORTB ORA #$02 ;disable BASIC STA PORTB ;update port B memory control ; If warmstart, check previous BASIC status. LDA WARMST BEQ PMI2 ;if coldstart LDA BASICF ;BASIC flag BNE PMI4 ;if BASIC not previously enabled BEQ PMI3 ;enable BASIC ; Check OPTION key. PMI2 LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$04 ;OPTION key indicator BEQ PMI4 ;if OPTION key pressed, do not enable BASIC ; Enable BASIC. PMI3 LDA PORTB AND #$FD ;enable BASIC STA PORTB ;update port B memory control ; Determine size of RAM. RAMSYS IF RAMSYS PMI4 LDA #high $2800 ;10K STA TRAMSZ ;set RAM size RTS ;return RAMSYS ELSE PMI4 LDA #low $2800 ;initial low address TAY ;offset to first byte of page STA TRAMSZ-1 ;set initial low address LDA #high $2800 ;initial RAM size STA TRAMSZ ;set initial RAM size (high address) PMI5 LDA (TRAMSZ-1),Y ;first byte of page EOR #$FF ;complement STA (TRAMSZ-1),Y ;attempt to store complement CMP (TRAMSZ-1),Y BNE PMI6 ;if complement not stored EOR #$FF ;original value STA (TRAMSZ-1),Y ;attempt to store original value CMP (TRAMSZ-1),Y BNE PMI6 ;if original value not stored INC TRAMSZ ;increment high address BNE PMI5 ;continue ; Exit. PMI6 RTS ;return RAMSYS ENDIF SPACE 4,10 ** CCE - Check Cartridge Equivalence * * ENTRY JSR CCE * * NOTES * Problem: this code checksums $BFF0 - $C0EF;: * checksum $BF00 - $BFFF. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCE = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 ;initial sum TAX ;offset to first byte CLC ; Checksum 256 bytes of cartridge area. CCE1 ADC $BFF0,X ;add in byte INX BNE CCE1 ;if not done ; Exit. CMP CARTCK ;previous checksum STA CARTCK ;new checksum RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IHW - Initialize Hardware * * ENTRY JSR IHW * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IHW = * ;entry ; Initialize CTIA, ANTIC and POKEY areas. LDA #0 ;initialization value TAX ;initial offset STA PBCTL ;set for direction register first IHW1 STA CTIA,X ;initialize CTIA/GTIA area register STA ANTIC,X ;initialize ANTIC area register STA POKEY,X ;initialize POKEY area register CPX #low PORTB BEQ IHW2 ;if port B, don't initialize STA PIA,X ;initialize PIA area register IHW2 INX BNE IHW1 ;if not done ; Initialize PIA. LDA #$3C STA PBCTL ;precondition port B outputs LDA #$FF STA PORTB ;all high LDA #$38 STA PACTL ;select data direction register STA PBCTL ;select data direction register LDA #$00 STA PORTA ;all inputs LDA #$FF STA PORTB ;all outputs LDA #$3C STA PACTL ;back to port STA PBCTL ;back to port LDA PORTB ;clear interrupts LDA PORTA ;clear interrupts ; Initialize POKEY. LDA #$22 ;get POKEY out of initialize mode and set ch. 4 STA SKCTL ;set serial port control LDA #$A0 ;pure tone, no volume STA AUDC3 ;turn off channel 3 STA AUDC4 ;turn off channel 4 LDA #$28 ;clock ch. 3 with 1.79 MHz, ch. 4 with ch. 3 STA AUDCTL ;set audio control LDA #$FF STA SEROUT ;start bit only RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ISW - Initialize Software * * ENTRY JSR ISW * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ISW = * ;entry ; Initialize BREAK key handling. DEC BRKKEY ;turn off BREAK key flag LDA #low BIR STA BRKKY ;set BREAK key IRQ routine address LDA #high BIR STA BRKKY+1 ; Initialize RAMSIZ and MEMTOP. LDA TRAMSZ ;determined size of RAM STA RAMSIZ ;size of RAM STA MEMTOP+1 ;high top of memory LDA #$00 STA MEMTOP ;low top of memory ; Initialize MEMLO. LDA #low INIML ;initial MEMLO address STA MEMLO LDA #high INIML STA MEMLO+1 ; Initialize device handlers. JSR EDITRV+12 ;initialize editor handler JSR SCRENV+12 ;initialize screen handler JSR KEYBDV+12 ;initialize keyboard handler JSR PRINTV+12 ;initialize printer handler JSR CASETV+12 ;initialize cassette handler ; Initialize various routines. JSR CIOINV ;initialize CIO JSR SIOINV ;initialize SIO JSR INTINV ;initialize interrupt handler JSR DINITV ;initialize DIO ; Initialize generic parallel device handler. LDA #low PIR STA VPIRQ ;parallel device IRQ routin: LDA #high PIR STA VPIRQ+1 JSR GPDVV+12 ;initialize parallel device: ; Set status of START key. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$01 ;START key indicator EOR #$01 ;START key status STA CKEY ;cassette boot request flag RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ADB - Attempt Disk Boot * * ENTRY JSR ADB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ADB = * ;entry ; Check type of reset. LDA WARMST BEQ ADB1 ;if not warmstart ; Process warmstart. LDA BOOT? ;successful boot flags AND #$01 ;successful disk boot indicator BEQ BAI2 ;if disk boot not successful, return ; Initialize disk booted software. JMP IBS ;initialize booted software ; Process coldstart. ADB1 LDA #1 STA DUNIT ;disk unit number LDA #STATC ;status STA DCOMND ;command JSR DSKINV ;issue command BMI BAI2 ;if error, return ; Boot. ; JMP ABI ;attempt boot and initialize SPACE 4,10 ** ABI - Attempt Boot and Initialize * * ENTRY JSR ABI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ABI = * ;entry LDA #high 1 STA DAUX2 LDA #low 1 ;sector number STA DAUX1 LDA #low [CASBUF+3] ;buffer address STA DBUFLO LDA #high [CASBUF+3] STA DBUFHI ; JMP BAI ;boot and initialize SPACE 4,10 ** BAI - Boot and Initialize * * ENTRY JSR BAI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BAI = * ;entry ; Read first sector. JSR GNS ;get next sector BPL CBI ;if no error, complete boot and initialize ; Process error. BAI1 JSR DBE ;display boot error message LDA CASSBT BEQ ABI ;if not cassette boot, try again ; Exit. BAI2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBI - Complete Boot and Initialize * * ENTRY JSR CBI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBI = * ;entry ; Transfer flags. LDX #3 CBI1 LDA CASBUF+3,X ;byte from buffer STA DFLAGS,X ;flag byte DEX BPL CBI1 ;if not done ; Transfer sector. LDA BOOTAD STA RAMLO ;set boot address LDA BOOTAD+1 STA RAMLO+1 LDA CASBUF+7 STA DOSINI ;establish initializtion address LDA CASBUF+8 STA DOSINI+1 CBI2 LDY #127 ;offset to last byte of sector CBI3 LDA CASBUF+3,Y ;byte of sector buffer STA (RAMLO),Y ;byte of boot program DEY BPL CBI3 ;if not done ; Increment loader buffer pointer. CLC LDA RAMLO ADC #$80 STA RAMLO LDA RAMLO+1 ADC #0 STA RAMLO+1 ;increment boot loader buffer pointer ; Decrement and check number of sectors. DEC DBSECT ;decrement number of sectors BEQ CBI5 ;if no more sectors ; Get next sector. INC DAUX1 ;increment sector number CBI4 JSR GNS ;get next sector BPL CBI2 ;if status OK ; Process error. JSR DBE ;display boot error message LDA CASSBT BNE BAI1 ;if cassette, start over BEQ CBI4 ;try sector again ; Clean up. CBI5 LDA CASSBT BEQ CBI6 ;if not cassette boot JSR GNS ;get EOF record (but do not use it) ; Execute boot loader. CBI6 JSR EBL ;execute boot loader BCS BAI1 ;if bad boot, try again ; Initialize booted software. JSR IBS ;initialize booted software INC BOOT? ;indicate boot success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** EBL - Execute Boot Loader * * ENTRY JSR EBL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EBL = * ;entry ; Move boot loader start address to RAMLO. CLC LDA BOOTAD ADC #6 STA RAMLO ;boot loader start address LDA BOOTAD+1 ADC #0 STA RAMLO+1 ; Execute boot loader. JMP (RAMLO) ;execute boot loader SPACE 4,10 ** IBS - Initialize Booted Software * * ENTRY JSR IBS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IBS = * ;entry JMP (DOSINI) ;initialize booted software SPACE 4,10 ** DBE - Display Boot Error Message * * ENTRY JSR DBE * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by LDX/TXA and LDY/TYA * combinations. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBE = * ;entry ; Set up IOCB. LDX #low BMSG ;boot error message LDY #high BMSG TXA LDX #SEIOCB ;screen editor IOCB index STA ICBAL,X ;low buffer address TYA STA ICBAH,X ;high buffer address LDA #PUTREC STA ICCOM,X ;command LDA #$FF STA ICBLL,X ;buffer length ; Perform CIO. JMP CIOV ;vector to CIO, return SPACE 4,10 ** GNS - Get Next Sector * * ENTRY JSR GNS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GNS = * ;entry ; Check type of boot. LDA CASSBT BEQ GNS1 ;if not cassette boot ; Read block from cassette. JMP RBLOKV ;vector to read cassette block routine, return ; Read sector from disk. GNS1 LDA #READ STA DCOMND ;command LDA #1 ;drive number 1 STA DUNIT ;set drive number JMP DSKINV ;vector to DIO, return SPACE 4,10 ** ACB - Attempt Cassette Boot * * ENTRY JSR ACB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ACB = * ;entry ; Check type. LDA WARMST ;warmstart flag BEQ ACB1 ;if coldstart ; Perform warmstart procedures. LDA BOOT? ;successful boot flags AND #$02 ;successful cassette boot indicator BEQ ACB2 ;if cassette boot not successful JMP ACB3 ;initialize cassette ; Perform coldstart procedures. ACB1 LDA CKEY ;cassette boot request flag BEQ ACB2 ;if cassette boot not requested, return ; Boot cassette. LDA #$80 STA FTYPE ;set long IRG type INC CASSBT ;set cassette boot flag JSR CSOPIV ;open cassette for input JSR BAI ;boot and initialize LDA #0 STA CASSBT ;clear cassette boot flag STA CKEY ;clear cassette boot request flag ASL BOOT? ;indicate successful cassette boot LDA DOSINI STA CASINI ;cassette software initialization address LDA DOSINI+1 STA CASINI+1 ; Exit. ACB2 RTS ;return ; Initialize cassette booted program. ACB3 JMP (CASINI) ;initialize cassette booted program SUBTTL 'Disk Input/Ouput' SPACE 4,10 ** IDIO - Initialize DIO * * ENTRY JSR IDIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IDIO = * ;entry LDA #160 ;160 second timeout STA DSKTIM ;set initial disk timeout LDA #low DSCTSZ ;disk sector size STA DSCTLN LDA #high DSCTSZ STA DSCTLN+1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DIO - Disk I/O * * ENTRY JSR DIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DIO = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #DISKID ;disk bus ID STA DDEVIC ;device bus ID LDA DSKTIM ;timeout LDX DCOMND ;command CPX #FOMAT BEQ DIO1 ;if FORMAT command LDA #7 ;set timeout to 7 seconds DIO1 STA DTIMLO ;timeout ; Set SIO command. LDX #GETDAT ;assume GET DATA LDA DCOMND ;command CMP #PUTSEC BEQ DIO2 ;if PUT SECTOR command CMP #WRITE BNE DIO3 ;if not WRITE command DIO2 LDX #PUTDAT ;select PUT DATA ; Check command. DIO3 CMP #STATC BNE DIO4 ;if not STATUS command ; Set up STATUS command. LDA #low DVSTAT STA DBUFLO ;buffer address LDA #high DVSTAT STA DBUFHI LDY #low 4 ;low byte count LDA #high 4 ;high byte count BEQ DIO5 ;perform SIO ; Set up other commands. DIO4 LDY DSCTLN ;low byte count LDA DSCTLN+1 ;high byte count ; Perform SIO. DIO5 STX DSTATS ;SIO command STY DBYTLO ;low byte count STA DBYTHI ;high byte count JSR SIOV ;vector to SIO BPL DIO6 ;if no error ; Process error. RTS ;return ; Process successful operation. DIO6 LDA DCOMND ;command CMP #STATC BNE DIO7 ;if not STATUS command JSR SBA ;set buffer address LDY #2 LDA (BUFADR),Y ;timeout status STA DSKTIM ;disk timeout ; Set byte count. DIO7 LDA DCOMND CMP #FOMAT BNE DIO10 ;if not FORMAT command JSR SBA ;set buffer address LDY #$FE ;initial buffer pointer DIO8 INY ;increment buffer pointer INY ;increment buffer pointer DIO9 LDA (BUFADR),Y ;low bad sector data CMP #$FF BNE DIO8 ;if low not $FF INY LDA (BUFADR),Y ;high bad sector data INY CMP #$FF BNE DIO9 ;if high not $FF DEY DEY STY DBYTLO ;low bad sector byte count LDA #0 STA DBYTHI ;high bad sector byte count ; Exit. DIO10 LDY DSTATS ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SBA - Set Buffer Address * * ENTRY JSR SBA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBA = * ;entry LDA DBUFLO STA BUFADR ;buffer address LDA DBUFHI STA BUFADR+1 RTS ;return SUBTTL 'Relocating Loader' SPACE 4,10 ** RLR - Relocate Routine * * RLR relocates a relocatable routine which is assemb: * origin 0. * * ENTRY JSR RLR * GBYTEA - GBYTEA+1 = address of get-byte rou: * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RLR = * ;entry ; Clear parameter block. LDX #5 ;offset to last parameter RLR1 LDA #0 STA PARMBL,X ;clear byte of parameter bl: DEX BPL RLR1 ;if not done ; Get a new record type and set the subroutine vector: RLR2 LDA #0 STA LCOUNT ;process 0th byte of a reco: JSR GBY ;get type ID LDY #DATAER BCS RLR4 ;if EOF before END record STA HIBYTE ;save type ID JSR GBY ;get record length LDY #DATAER BCS RLR4 ;if EOF before END record STA RECLEN LDA HIBYTE ;get type ID CMP #$0B ;END record BEQ END ;if END record ROL A ;set subroutine vectors TAX LDA TRPR,X STA RUNADR LDA TRPR+1,X STA RUNADR+1 RLR3 LDA RECLEN CMP LCOUNT BEQ RLR2 ;if LCOUNT=RECLEN, get new : JSR GBY ;get next byte LDY #DATAER BCS RLR4 ;if EOF before END record JSR CAL ;call record subroutine INC LCOUNT BNE RLR3 ;continue RLR4 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** END - Handle END Record * * END handles record type of * 1.End Record * * Record format: * Byte 0 Type ID * Byte 1 Self-start flag * Bytes 2 - 3 Run address * * Process formula * * RUNADR+LOADAD ==> Start Execution Address n Loader-: * parameter block. * * End record calculates the start execution address b: * RUNADR with LOADAD, and returns to the Caller with : * block and a status byte in the Y register. Y=1 mean: * successful, else is a data structure error. * * ENTRY JSR END * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 END = * ;entry JSR GBY ;get low byte of the RUNADR LDY #DATAER BCS END3 ;if EOF before END record STA RUNADR JSR GBY ;get high byte of the RUNADR LDY #DATAER BCS END3 ;if EOF before END record STA RUNADR+1 LDA RECLEN ;RECLEN here is self-start flag CMP #1 BEQ END2 ;if 1, an absolute RUNADR, no fixup BCC END4 ;if 0, this is not a self-start pro: ; Process relative start. CLC LDA RUNADR ;execution address, needs f: ADC LOADAD TAY LDA RUNADR+1 ADC LOADAD+1 ;A= high byte, Y=low byte END1 STY RUNADR ;set up Loader-Caller param: STA RUNADR+1 END2 LDY #SUCCES ;Y=1 successful operation END3 RTS ;return END4 LDY #0 ;fill self-start parameter : LDA #0 ;for non-self start program BEQ END1 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** GBY - Get Byte * * ENTRY JSR GBY * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GBY = * ;entry JMP (GBYTEA) ;get byte, return SPACE 4,10 ** CAL - Execute at Run Address * * ENTRY JSR CAL * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CAL = * ;entry JMP (RUNADR) ;process record, return SPACE 4,10 ** TEX - Handle Text Record * * TEX handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page relocatable text * 2.Zero page relocatable text * 3.Absolute text * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Relative addr. |text | * |ID |(RECLEN) |(RELADR) | | * * Process formula * A register ===> (NEWADR+LCOUNT) * * Relocate object text into fixed address of NEWADR+L: * * ENTRY JSR TEX * * NOTES * * 1.The relocating address (NEWADR) for absolute text: * relative address (RELADR), relocating address fixup: * needed. * 2.There is no need to compare MEMTOP for processing: * text. * 3.X register is used as an indexing to zero page va: * or non-zero page variables. X=0 means pointing : * page fariable, whereas X=2 means pointing to zero p: * variables. * 4.Each byte of the object text comes in A register. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TEX = * ;entry LDY LCOUNT ;A register=data coming in CPY #$01 BEQ TEX1 ;if 1, process highest used address BCS FTX ;if 2 or greater, relocate object t: STA RELADR STA NEWADR ;for absolute text NEWADR=RELADR BCC TEX8 ; Set highest used address. TEX1 STA RELADR+1 ;save high byte of RELADR STA NEWADR+1 ;for absolute text NEWADR=R: LDX #0 ;X=an index to non-zero or : LDA HIBYTE ;HIBYTE=Type ID BEQ TEX2 ;if 0, process non-zero pag: CMP #$0A BEQ TEX3 ;if $0A, needs no relative : LDX #2 ;X=2 for zero page text rec: TEX2 CLC ;fix relocating addr. for n: LDA RELADR ;text & zero page text ADC LOADAD,X ;NEWADR=RELADR+LOADAD STA NEWADR LDA RELADR+1 ADC LOADAD+1,X STA NEWADR+1 ;Loader start relocating TEX3 CLC LDA NEWADR ;NEWADR+RECLEN is the last used mem: ADC RECLEN ;for this particular record PHA LDA #0 ;A=high byte, S=low byte ADC NEWADR+1 TAY ;high byte PLA ;low byte SEC SBC #2 ;skip unwanted 2 bytes of relative : BCS TEX4 DEY TEX4 PHA TYA CMP HIUSED+1,X ;HIUSED stores the highest : PLA BCC TEX6 ;if HIUSED>(NEWADR+RECLEN),: BNE TEX5 ;if HIUSED<=(NEWADR+RECLEN) CMP HIUSED,X BCC TEX6 ; Update HIUSED. TEX5 STA HIUSED,X ;update HIUSED PHA TYA STA HIUSED+1,X PLA TEX6 LDX HIBYTE CPX #$01 BEQ TEX8 ;if zero page text ; Check MEMTOP. CPY MEMTOP+1 ;MEMTOP>HIUSED, OK BCC TEX8 BNE TEX7 CMP MEMTOP BCC TEX8 TEX7 PLA ;MEMTOP<=HIUSED then error PLA ;do a force return to calle: LDY #MEMERR ;set memory insufficient fl: TEX8 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** FTX - Relocate Text into Memory * * ENTRY JSR FTX * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by JMP to RTS. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FTX = * ;entry SEC PHA ;A register has object text LDA LCOUNT ;LCOUNT counts 2 bytes of relative : SBC #2 ;-2 is the total bytes of object te: CLC ADC NEWADR STA LTEMP ;A ===>(NEWADR+LCOUNT-2) LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 PLA LDY #0 STA (LTEMP),Y JMP TEX8 ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WOR - Handle Word Reference Record Type * * WOR handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page word references to non-zero page. * 2.Zero page word references to non-zero page. * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Offset1|Offset2|Offsetn| * |ID |(RECLEN) |A Reg. | | | * * Process formula * * (A register +NEWADR)W +LOADAD ===> (NEWADR+ A regis: * * Count, the offset from the start relocating address: * low byte * of a word needing to be fixed. The fixup process i: * content of the word and add loading address, then r: * fixed word. * * Offset information comes in A register. * * ENTRY JSR WOR * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WOR = * ;entry CLC ADC NEWADR ;offset in A register STA LTEMP LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 ;offset +NEWADR= LTEMP LDY #0 LDA (LTEMP),Y ;get low byte content of wh: CLC ADC LOADAD ;fix low byte of a word STA (LTEMP),Y INC LTEMP ;increment LTEMP pointer by: BNE WOR1 ;if low not zero INC LTEMP+1 ;increment high WOR1 LDA (LTEMP),Y ;fix high byte of a word ADC LOADAD+1 STA (LTEMP),Y ;restore processed content RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** LOO - Handle Low Byte and One Byte Record Types * * LOO handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page low byte references to non-zero ppa: * 2.Zero page low byte references to non-zero page. * 3.Non-zero page one byte references to zero page. * 4.Zero page one byte references to zero page. * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Offset1|Offset2|Offsetn| * |ID |(RECLEN) |A Reg. |A Reg. | | * * The process formula for non-zero page low byte refe: * non-zero page record and zero page low byte referen: * non-zero page record is * * (offset + NEWADR)+LOADAD ===> (offset +NEWADR) * * The process formula for non-zero page one byte refe: * zero * page record and zero page one byte references to ze: * record * is * * (offset + NEWADR)+LOADADZ ===> (offset + NEWADR) * * Count from the offset from the start relocating add: * low byte or one byte need to be fixed. Get the cont: * low byte or one byteand add either LOADAD or LOADAD: * page loading address), then restore the value. * * The offset comes in A register. * * The X register for this routine points to either no: * variables or zero page variables. Record type 2 & 3: * non-zero page variable, type 4 & 5 needs zero page : * * X=2 points to zero page variable. * * ENTRY JSR LOO * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LOO = * ;entry LDX #0 ;X=0 points to non-zero page variab: LDY HIBYTE ;HIBYTE has Type ID CPY #4 ;type 4 & 5 needs zero page variabl: BCC LOO1 ;if type 2 or 3, need non-zero page: LDX #2 ;point to zero page variable LOO1 CLC ;offset is in A register ADC NEWADR ;offset+NEWADR=the byte needs fixup STA LTEMP LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 LDY #0 LDA (LTEMP),Y ;get the content of offset+: CLC ADC LOADAD,X ;do relocating fixup STA (LTEMP),Y ;restore the being fixed va: RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** HIG - Handle High Byte Record Types * * HIG handles record types of * * 1.Non-zero page high bytes references to non-zero p: * 2.Zero page high bytes references to non-zero page. * * Record format * * |Type |Length |Offset1|Low byte|Offset2|L: * |ID |(RECLEN) |HIBYTE |A Reg. | (HIBYTE): * * Process formula * * (HIBYTE+NEWADR)+[[LOADAD+A]/256] ==> (HIBYTE+NEWADR: * * Count the offset from the start relocating address : * byte needs to be fixed. Get the low byte informatio: * A register, then add the low byte with LOADAD and s: * flag depending on the calculation. Next do an addit: * high byte, NEWADR and the C flag. Restore the addit: * back to the high byte location in memory. * * HIBYTE is not Type ID here. HIBYTE is used to store: * byte value. * * ENTRY JSR HIG * * NOTES * Problem: many instances of jumping to RTS i: * wastes bytes. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 HIG = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save offset pointing to hi: ; Check LCOUNT odd or even. LDA LCOUNT ROR A PLA BCS HIG2 ;if even number, process lo: ; Process high byte. CLC ADC NEWADR STA LTEMP ;get high byte value LDA #0 ADC NEWADR+1 STA LTEMP+1 LDY #0 LDA (LTEMP),Y STA HIBYTE ;save high byte content HIG1 RTS ;return ; Process low byte HIG2 CLC ADC LOADAD ;add low byte with LOADAD LDA #0 ADC LOADAD+1 ADC HIBYTE ;C flag+LOADAD(high byte)+H: LDY #0 STA (LTEMP),Y ;store being fixed high byt: BEQ HIG1 SPACE 4,10 ** TRPR - Table of Record Processing Routines TRPR DW TEX ;0 - non-zero page relocatable text DW TEX ;1 - zero page relocatable text DW LOO ;2 - non-zero page low byte to non-: DW LOO ;3 - zero page low byte to non-zero: DW LOO ;4 - non-zero page one byte to zero: DW LOO ;5 - zero page one byte to zero pag: DW WOR ;6 - non-zero page word to non-zero: DW WOR ;7 - zero page word to non-zero pag: DW HIG ;8 - non-zero page high byte to non: DW HIG ;9 - zero page high byte to non-zer: DW TEX ;10 - absolute text DW END ;11 - end record SUBTTL 'Self-test, Part 1' SPACE 4,10 ** SES - Select and Execute Self-test * * SES selects the self-test ROM and executes the self-test. * * ENTRY JSR SES * * NOTES * Problem: this could be contiguous with other OS ROM * self-test code (near TSTO). * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SES = * ;entry LDA #$FF STA COLDST ;force coldstart on RESET LDA PORTB AND #$7F ;enable self-test ROM STA PORTB ;update port B memory control JMP SLFTSV ;vector to self-test SUBTTL 'Parallel Input/Output' SPACE 4,10 ** GIN - Initialize Generic Parallel Device * * ENTRY JSR GIN * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GIN = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #$01 ;initially select device 0 STA SHPDVS ;device select shadow ; For each potential device, initialize if device pre: GIN1 LDA SHPDVS ;device select shadow STA PDVS ;device select LDA PDID1 ;first ID CMP #$80 ;required value BNE GIN2 ;if first ID not verified LDA PDID2 ;second ID CMP #$91 ;required value BNE GIN2 ;if second ID not verified JSR PDVV+12 ;initialize parallel device handler GIN2 ASL SHPDVS ;advance to next device BNE GIN1 ;if devices remain ; Exit LDA #$00 ;select FPP (deselect device) ; STA SHPDVS ;device select shadow STA PDVS ;device select RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PIO - Parallel Input/Output * * ENTRY JSR PIO * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 section, CRITIC was: * zero-page. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PIO = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #1 ; STA CRITIC ;indicate critical section VFD 8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC LDA DUNIT ;device unit number PHA ;save device unit number LDA PDVMSK ;device selection mask BEQ PIO2 ;if no device to select ; For each device, pass request to device I/O routine: LDX #TPDSL ;offset to first byte beyond table PIO1 JSR SNP ;select next parallel device BEQ PIO2 ;if no device selected TXA PHA ;save offset JSR PDIOV ;perform parallel device I/O PLA ;saved offset TAX ;restore offset BCC PIO1 ;if device did not field request ; Restore Floating Point Package. LDA #$00 ;select FPP (deselect device) STA SHPDVS ;device select shadow STA PDVS ;device select BEQ PIO3 ;exit ; Perform SIO. PIO2 JSR SIO ;perform SIO ; Exit. PIO3 PLA ;saved device unit number STA DUNIT ;restore device unit number LDA #0 ; STA CRITIC ;indicate non-critical section VFD 8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC STY DSTATS LDY DSTATS ;status (re-establish N) RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PIR - Handle Parallel Device IRQ * * ENTRY JSR PIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PIR = * ;entry ; Determine which device made IRQ, in order of priori: LDX #TPDSL ;offset to first byte beyond table PIR1 ROR A BCS PIR2 ;if IRQ of that device DEX BNE PIR1 ;if devices remain ; Select device and process IRQ. PIR2 LDA SHPDVS ;current device selection PHA ;save current device select: LDA TPDS-1,X ;device selection desired STA SHPDVS ;device select shadow STA PDVS ;device select JSR PDIRQV ;process IRQ ; Exit. PLA ;saved device selection STA SHPDVS ;restore device select shad: STA PDVS ;device select PLA ;saved X TAX ;restore X PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** GOP - Perform Generic Parallel Device OPEN * * ENTRY JSR GOP * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GOP = * ;entry LDY #1 ;offset for OPEN JMP EPC ;execute parallel device handler co: SPACE 4,10 ** GCL - Perform Generic Parallel Device CLOSE * * ENTRY JSR GCL * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GCL = * ;entry LDY #3 ;offset for CLOSE JMP EPC ;execute parallel device handler co: SPACE 4,10 ** GGB - Perform Generic Parallel Device GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR GGB * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GGB = * ;entry LDY #5 ;offset for GET-BYTE JMP EPC ;execute parallel device handler co: SPACE 4,10 ** GPB - Perform Generic Parallel Device PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR GPB * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GPB = * ;entry LDY #7 ;offset for PUT-BYTE JMP EPC ;execute parallel device handler co: SPACE 4,10 ** GST - Perform Generic Parallel Device STATUS * * ENTRY JSR GST * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GST = * ;entry LDY #9 ;offset for STATUS JMP EPC ;execute parallel device handler co: SPACE 4,10 ** GSP - Perform Generic Parallel Device SPECIAL * * ENTRY JSR GSP * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GSP = * ;entry LDY #11 ;offset for SPECIAL JMP EPC ;execute parallel device handler co: SPACE 4,10 ** SNP - Select Next Parallel Device * * ENTRY JSR SNP * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SNP = * ;entry ; Decrement and check offset. SNP1 DEX ;decrement offset BPL SNP2 ;if devices remain ; Exit LDA #$00 ;select FPP (deselect device) STA SHPDVS ;device select shadow STA PDVS ;device select RTS ;return ; Ensure device is indicated by selection mask. SNP2 LDA PDVMSK ;device selection mask AND TPDS,X ;device select BEQ SNP1 ;if device not indicated for select: ; Select device. STA SHPDVS ;device select shadow STA PDVS ;device select RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IPH - Invoke Parallel Device Handler * * ENTRY JSR IPH * Y = offset into parallel defice vector tabl: * PPTMPA = original A value * PPTMPX = original X value * * NOTES * Problem: wasted byte for DEY. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IPH = * ;entry LDA PDVV,Y ;high routine address-1 PHA ;place on stack DEY LDA PDVV,Y ;low routine address-1 PHA ;place on stack LDA PPTMPA ;restore A for handler LDX PPTMPX ;restore X for handler LDY #FNCNOT ;preset status RTS ;invoke handler routine (address on: SPACE 4,10 ** EPC - Execute Parallel Device Handler Command * * ENTRY JSR EPC * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, CRITIC was: * zero-page. * * MODS * Y. M. Chen 02/18/83 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EPC = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA PPTMPA ;save data byte STX PPTMPX ;save X ; LDA CRITIC VFD 8\$AD,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC PHA ;save critical section status LDA #1 ; STA CRITIC ;indicate critical section VFD 8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC ; For each device, pass request to device handler. LDX #TPDSL ;offset to first byte beyond table EPC1 JSR SNP ;select next device BEQ EPC2 ;if no device selected, return erro: TXA PHA ;save offset TYA PHA ;save Y JSR IPH ;invoke parallel device handler BCC EPC4 ;if device did not field, try next : ; Clean up. STA PPTMPA ;save possile data byte PLA ;clean stack PLA JMP EPC3 ;exit ; Return Nonexistent Device error. EPC2 LDY #NONDEV ; Restore Floating Point Package EPC3 LDA #$00 ;select FPP (deselect device) STA SHPDVS ;device select shadow STA PDVS ;device select PLA ;saved critical section status ; STA CRITIC ;restore critical section status VFD 8\$8D,8\low CRITIC,8\high CRITIC LDA PPTMPA ;restore possible data byte STY PPTMPX LDY PPTMPX ;status (re-establish N) RTS ;return ; Prepare to try next device. EPC4 PLA TAY ;restore Y PLA TAX ;restore X BCC EPC1 ;try next device SPACE 4,10 ** TPDS - Table of Parallel Device Selects * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by replication of thi: * elsewhere. TPDS DB $80 ;0 - device 7 (lowest priority) DB $40 ;1 - device 6 DB $20 ;2 - device 5 DB $10 ;3 - device 4 DB $08 ;4 - device 3 DB $04 ;5 - device 2 DB $02 ;6 - device 1 DB $01 ;7 - device 0 (highest priority) TPDSL = *-TPDS ;length SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 1' SPACE 4,10 ** PHL - Load and Initialize Peripheral Handler * * Subroutine to load, relocate, initialize and open a * "provisionally" opened IOCB. This routine is called * upon first I/O attempt following provisional open. * It does the final opening by simulating the first * part of a normal CIO OPEN and then finishing with * code which is in CIO. * * Input parameters: * ICIDNO (specifies which IOCB); * various values in the provisionally-opened IOCB: * ICSPR (handler name) * ICSPR+1 (serial address for loading); * whatever the called subroutines require. * * Output parameters: * None. (Error returns are all handled by called subr: * in fact, all returns are handled by called : * * Modified: * ICHID in both calling IOCB and ZIOCB (part of compl: * ICCOMT (a CIO variable); * Registers not saved. * * Subroutines called: * LPH (does the loading); * PHC (initializes the loaded handler); * FDH (a CIO entry--finds handler table entry of * newly loaded/initialized handler); * IIO (a CIO entry--finishes full proper opening of I: * including calling handler OPEN entry--IIO r: * to PHL's caller); * IND (a CIO entry--returns with error to PHL's calle: * * ENTRY JSR PHL * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was: * zero-page. * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHL = * ;entry ; Load peripheral handler. ; LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO LDA ICSPR+1,X JSR LPH ;load peripheral handler BCS PHL1 ;if error ; Initialize peripheral handler CLC ;indicate zero handler size JSR PHC ;initialize peripheral hand: BCS PHL1 ;if error ; Find device handler ; LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO LDA ICSPR,X JSR FDH ;find device handler BCS PHL1 ;if not found ; Set handler ID. ; LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO STA ICHID,X ;handler ID STA ICHIDZ ; Simulate initial CIO OPEN processing. LDA #OPEN ;OPEN command STA ICCOMT ;command JMP IIO ;initialize IOCB for OPEN, return ; Indicate nonexistent device error. PHL1 JMP IND ;indicate nonexistent device error,: SUBTTL 'Self-test, Part 2' SPACE 4,10 ** TSTO - Table of Self-test Text Offsets TSTO DB TXT0-TTXT ;0 - offset to "MEMORY TEST ROM" text DB TXT1-TTXT ;1 - offset to "RAM" text DB TXT2-TTXT ;2 - offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text DB TXT3-TTXT ;3 - offset to "S P A C E B A R" text DB TXT4-TTXT ;4 - offset to "SH" text DB TXT5-TTXT ;5 - offset to "SH" text DB TXT6-TTXT ;6 - offset to "B S" text DB TXT7-TTXT ;7 - offset to keyboard text DB TXT8-TTXT ;8 - offset to control key text DB TXT9-TTXT ;9 - offset to "VOICE #" text SPACE 4,10 ** TTXT - Table of Text Sequences TTXT = * SPACE 4,10 ** TXT0 - "MEMORY TEST ROM" Text TXT0 DB $00,$00 DB $2D,$25,$2D,$2F,$32,$39 ;"MEMORY" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00 DB $32,$2F,$2D ;"ROM" TXT0L = *-TXT0 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT1 - "RAM" Text TXT1 DB $32,$21,$2D ;"RAM" TXT1L = *-TXT1 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT2 - "KEYBOARD TEST" Text TXT2 DB $00,$00 DB $2B,$25,$39,$22,$2F,$21,$32,$24 ;"KEYBOARD" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00 DB $B2 TXT2L = *-TXT2 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT7 - Keyboard TXT7 = * ; First Row (Function Keys) DB $91 ;"1" DB $00 DB $92 ;"2" DB $00 DB $93 ;"3" DB $00 DB $94 ;"4" DB $00 DB $A8 ;"H" DB $00 DB $A1 ;"A" DB $00 DB $A2 ;"B" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Second Row ("1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 < >") DB $5B DB $00 DB $11 ;"1" DB $00 DB $12 ;"2" DB $00 DB $13 ;"3" DB $00 DB $14 ;"4" DB $00 DB $15 ;"5" DB $00 DB $16 ;"6" DB $00 DB $17 ;"7" DB $00 DB $18 ;"8" DB $00 DB $19 ;"9" DB $00 DB $10 ;"0" DB $00 DB $1C ;"<" DB $00 DB $1E ;">" DB $00 DB $A2 ;"B" DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Third Row ("Q W E R T Y U I O P - =") DB $FF DB $FF DB $00 DB $31 ;"Q" DB $00 DB $37 ;"W" DB $00 DB $25 ;"E" DB $00 DB $32 ;"R" DB $00 DB $34 ;"T" DB $00 DB $39 ;"Y" DB $00 DB $35 ;"U" DB $00 DB $29 ;"I" DB $00 DB $2F ;"O" DB $00 DB $30 ;"P" DB $00 DB $0D ;"-" DB $00 DB $1D ;"=" DB $00 DB $B2 ;"R" DB $B4 ;"T" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Fourth Row ("A S D F G H J K L ; + *") DB $80 DB $DC DB $80 DB $00 DB $21 ;"A" DB $00 DB $33 ;"S" DB $00 DB $24 ;"D" DB $00 DB $26 ;"F" DB $00 DB $27 ;"G" DB $00 DB $28 ;"H" DB $00 DB $2A ;"J" DB $00 DB $2B ;"K" DB $00 DB $2C ;"L" DB $00 DB $1B ;";" DB $00 DB $0B ;"+" DB $00 DB $0A ;"*" DB $00 DB $A3 ;"C" DB $00,$00,$00 ; Fifth Row ("Z X C V B N M , . /") DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $A8 ;"H" DB $80 DB $00 DB $3A ;"Z" DB $00 DB $38 ;"X" DB $00 DB $23 ;"C" DB $00 DB $36 ;"V" DB $00 DB $22 ;"B" DB $00 DB $2E ;"N" DB $00 DB $2D ;"M" DB $00 DB $0C ;"," DB $00 DB $0E ;"." DB $00 DB $0F ;"/" DB $00 DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $A8 ;"H" DB $80 DB $00,$00,$00 ; Sixth Row (Space Bar) DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $80 DB $B3 ;"S" DB $80 DB $B0 ;"P" DB $80 DB $A1 ;"A" DB $80 DB $A3 ;"C" DB $80 DB $A5 ;"E" DB $80 DB $80 DB $80 DB $A2 ;"B" DB $80 DB $A1 ;"A" DB $80 DB $B2 ;"R" DB $80 TXT7L = *-TXT7 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT3 - "S P A C E B A R" Text TXT3 DB $00 DB $33 ;"S" DB $00 DB $30 ;"P" DB $00 DB $21 ;"A" DB $00 DB $23 ;"C" DB $00 DB $25 ;"E" DB $00 DB $00 DB $00 DB $22 ;"B" DB $00 DB $21 ;"A" DB $00 DB $32 ;"R" DB $00 TXT3L = *-TXT3 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT4 - "SH" Text TXT4 DB $00 DB $33,$28 ;"SH" DB $00 TXT4L = *-TXT4 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT5 - "SH" Text TXT5 = TXT4 TXT5L = TXT4L ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT6 - "B S" Text TXT6 DB $22 ;"B" DB $00 DB $33 ;"S" TXT6L = *-TXT6 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT8 - Control Key TXT8 DB $00 DB $5C DB $00 TXT8L = *-TXT8 ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TXT9 - "VOICE #" Text TXT9 DB $36,$2F,$29,$23,$25 ;"VOICE" DB $00 DB $03 ;"#" TXT9L = *-TXT9 ;length SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 2' SPACE 4,10 ** CLT - Checksum Linkage Table * * ENTRY JSR CLT * ZCHAIN = ZCHAIN+1 = address of linkage tabl: * * EXIT * A = checksum of linkage table * * CHANGES * Y * * CALLS * -none- * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLT = * ;entry LDY #17 ;offset to last byte to sum LDA #0 ;initial sum CLC CLT1 ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;add byte DEY BPL CLT1 ;if not done ADC #0 ;add final carry EOR #$FF ;complement RTS ;return SUBTTL 'International Character Set' SPACE 4,10 FIX ICSORG SPACE 4,10 ** International Character Set DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$00 - space DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00,$18,$00 ;$01 - ! DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$02 - " DB $00,$66,$FF,$66,$66,$FF,$66,$00 ;$03 - # DB $18,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$18,$00 ;$04 - $ DB $00,$66,$6C,$18,$30,$66,$46,$00 ;$05 - % DB $1C,$36,$1C,$38,$6F,$66,$3B,$00 ;$06 - & DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$07 - ' DB $00,$0E,$1C,$18,$18,$1C,$0E,$00 ;$08 - ( DB $00,$70,$38,$18,$18,$38,$70,$00 ;$09 - ) DB $00,$66,$3C,$FF,$3C,$66,$00,$00 ;$0A - asterisk DB $00,$18,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$00,$00 ;$0B - plus DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$30 ;$0C - comma DB $00,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$0D - minus DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$18,$18,$00 ;$0E - period DB $00,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$40,$00 ;$0F - / DB $00,$3C,$66,$6E,$76,$66,$3C,$00 ;$10 - 0 DB $00,$18,$38,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00 ;$11 - 1 DB $00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00 ;$12 - 2 DB $00,$7E,$0C,$18,$0C,$66,$3C,$00 ;$13 - 3 DB $00,$0C,$1C,$3C,$6C,$7E,$0C,$00 ;$14 - 4 DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$06,$66,$3C,$00 ;$15 - 5 DB $00,$3C,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$16 - 6 DB $00,$7E,$06,$0C,$18,$30,$30,$00 ;$17 - 7 DB $00,$3C,$66,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$18 - 8 DB $00,$3C,$66,$3E,$06,$0C,$38,$00 ;$19 - 9 DB $00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$00 ;$1A - colon DB $00,$00,$18,$18,$00,$18,$18,$30 ;$1B - semicolon DB $06,$0C,$18,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00 ;$1C - < DB $00,$00,$7E,$00,$00,$7E,$00,$00 ;$1D - = DB $60,$30,$18,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$00 ;$1E - > DB $00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$00,$18,$00 ;$1F - ? DB $00,$3C,$66,$6E,$6E,$60,$3E,$00 ;$20 - @ DB $00,$18,$3C,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$21 - A DB $00,$7C,$66,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$22 - B DB $00,$3C,$66,$60,$60,$66,$3C,$00 ;$23 - C DB $00,$78,$6C,$66,$66,$6C,$78,$00 ;$24 - D DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$25 - E DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$26 - F DB $00,$3E,$60,$60,$6E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$27 - G DB $00,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$28 - H DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00 ;$29 - I DB $00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2A - J DB $00,$66,$6C,$78,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$2B - K DB $00,$60,$60,$60,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$2C - L DB $00,$63,$77,$7F,$6B,$63,$63,$00 ;$2D - M DB $00,$66,$76,$7E,$7E,$6E,$66,$00 ;$2E - N DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2F - O DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60,$00 ;$30 - P DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$6C,$36,$00 ;$31 - Q DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$6C,$66,$00 ;$32 - R DB $00,$3C,$60,$3C,$06,$06,$3C,$00 ;$33 - S DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$34 - T DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00 ;$35 - U DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$36 - V DB $00,$63,$63,$6B,$7F,$77,$63,$00 ;$37 - W DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$3C,$66,$66,$00 ;$38 - X DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$39 - Y DB $00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$7E,$00 ;$3A - Z DB $00,$1E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$1E,$00 ;$3B - [ DB $00,$40,$60,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00 ;$3C - \ DB $00,$78,$18,$18,$18,$18,$78,$00 ;$3D - ] DB $00,$08,$1C,$36,$63,$00,$00,$00 ;$3E - ^ DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$00 ;$3F - underline DB $0C,$18,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$40 - acute accent a DB $30,$18,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$41 - acute accent u DB $36,$6C,$00,$76,$76,$7E,$6E,$00 ;$42 - tilde N DB $0C,$18,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$7E,$00 ;$43 - acute accent E DB $00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$3C,$18,$30 ;$44 - cedilla c DB $3C,$66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$45 - circumflex o DB $30,$18,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$46 - grave accent o DB $30,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$47 - grave accent i DB $1C,$30,$30,$78,$30,$30,$7E,$00 ;$48 - U.K. currency DB $00,$66,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$49 - diaeresis i DB $00,$66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$4A - umlaut u DB $36,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$4B - umlaut a DB $66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$4C - umlaut O DB $0C,$18,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$4D - grave accent u DB $0C,$18,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$4E - acute accent o DB $00,$66,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$4F - umlaut o DB $66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00 ;$50 - umlaut U DB $3C,$66,$1C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$51 - circumflex a DB $3C,$66,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$52 - circumflex u DB $3C,$66,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$53 - circumflex i DB $0C,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$54 - acute accent e DB $30,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$55 - grave accent e DB $36,$6C,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$56 - tilde n DB $3C,$C3,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$57 - circumflex e DB $18,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$58 - ring a DB $30,$18,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$59 - grave accent a DB $18,$00,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$5A - ring A DB $78,$60,$78,$60,$7E,$18,$1E,$00 ;$5B - display escape DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$5C - up arrow DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$3C,$18,$00 ;$5D - down arrow DB $00,$18,$30,$7E,$30,$18,$00,$00 ;$5E - left arrow DB $00,$18,$0C,$7E,$0C,$18,$00,$00 ;$5F - right arrow DB $18,$00,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$60 - Spanish ! DB $00,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$61 - a DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$62 - b DB $00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$60,$3C,$00 ;$63 - c DB $00,$06,$06,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$64 - d DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$65 - e DB $00,$0E,$18,$3E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$66 - f DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$7C ;$67 - g DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$68 - h DB $00,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$69 - i DB $00,$06,$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$3C ;$6A - j DB $00,$60,$60,$6C,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$6B - k DB $00,$38,$18,$18,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$6C - l DB $00,$00,$66,$7F,$7F,$6B,$63,$00 ;$6D - m DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$6E - n DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$6F - o DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60 ;$70 - p DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$06 ;$71 - q DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$72 - r DB $00,$00,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$00 ;$73 - s DB $00,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$0E,$00 ;$74 - t DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$75 - u DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$76 - v DB $00,$00,$63,$6B,$7F,$3E,$36,$00 ;$77 - w DB $00,$00,$66,$3C,$18,$3C,$66,$00 ;$78 - x DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$0C,$78 ;$79 - y DB $00,$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00 ;$7A - z DB $66,$66,$18,$3C,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$7B - umlaut A DB $18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18 ;$7C - | DB $00,$7E,$78,$7C,$6E,$66,$06,$00 ;$7D - display clear DB $08,$18,$38,$78,$38,$18,$08,$00 ;$7E - display backspace DB $10,$18,$1C,$1E,$1C,$18,$10,$00 ;$7F - display tab SUBTTL 'Self-test, Part 3' SPACE 4,10 FIX $D000 LOC $5000 ;$D000 - $D7FF mapped to $5000 - $57FF SPACE 4,10 ** STH - Self-test Hardware * * ENTRY JSR STH * * NOTES * Problem: this is superfluous; SLFTSV could vector to * EST. * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STH = * ;entry JMP EST ;execute self-test SPACE 4,10 ** EMS - Execute Memory Self-test * * ENTRY JSR EMS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EMS = * ;entry JSR IST ;initialize self-test JMP STM ;self-test memory SPACE 4,10 ** EST - Execute Self-test * * ENTRY JSR EST * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EST = * ;entry JSR IST ;initialize self-test ; JMP SEL ;self-test SPACE 4,10 ** SEL - Self-test * * ENTRY JSR SEL * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEL = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA STTIME ;clear main screen timeout timer STA STTIME+1 STA STAUT ;clear auto-mode flag STA AUDCTL ;initialize audio control register LDA #$03 ;initialize POKEY STA SKCTL ;serial port control JSR SAS ;silence all sounds LDA #$40 ;disable DLI STA NMIEN ;NMI enable LDX #0 ;main screen colors JSR SUC ;set up colors LDX #low DISL1 ;display list for main screen LDY #high DISL1 JSR SDL ;set up display list LDA #low PMD ;process main screen DLI routine STA VDSLST ;display list NMI address LDA #high PMD STA VDSLST+1 LDX #3*4 ;main screen bold lines LDA #$AA ;color 1 JSR SVR ;set value in range ; Wait for all screen DLI's to clear and for VBLANK. LDX #0 SEL1 STX WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization INX BNE SEL1 ;if not done waiting ; Wait until beam close to top (main screen DLI near). SEL2 LDA VCOUNT CMP #24 BCS SEL2 ;if not done waiting ; Preset for self-test type determination. LDA #$10 ;initially select memory test STA STPASS ;pass indicator LDA #$C0 ;enable DLI STA NMIEN ; Determine type of self-test. SEL3 LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$01 ;START key indicator BNE SEL3 ;if START key not pressed LDA #$FF ;clear character STA CH LDA STSEL ;selection AND #$0F ;selection CMP #$01 ;memory test indicator BEQ SEL5 ;if memory test CMP #$02 BEQ SEL6 ;if audio-visual test CMP #$04 BEQ SEL7 ;if keyboard test ; Self-test all. SEL4 LDA #$88 ;indicate all tests STA STSEL ;selection LDA #$FF ;auto-mode indicator STA STAUT ;auto-mode flag ; Self-test memory. SEL5 JMP STM ;self-test memory ; Self-test audio-visual. SEL6 JMP STV ;self-test audio-visual ; Self-test keyboard. SEL7 JMP STK ;self-test keyboard SPACE 4,10 ** IST - Initialize Self-test * * ENTRY JSR IST * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IST = * ;entry LDA #$11 ;indicate memory test STA STSEL ;selection LDA #$21 STA SDMCTL ;select small size playfield LDA #$C0 STA NMIEN ;enable DLI LDA #$41 STA STJMP ;ANTIC jump instruction LDA #$FF ;clear code indicator STA CH ;key code RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SDL - Set Up Display List * * ENTRY JSR SDL * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDL = * ;entry STA STKST ;keyboard self-test flag TYA PHA ;save high address TXA PHA ;save low address LDA #0 STA SDMCTL ;DMACTL (DMA control) shadow STA HELPFG ;HELP key flag LDA #low POD ;process DLI routine STA VDSLST LDA #high POD STA VDSLST+1 LDX #0*4 ;screen memory TXA ;value is 0 JSR SVR ;set value in range PLA ;saved low address TAX PLA ;saved high address TAY STX SDLSTL ;low display list address STX STJMP+1 ;low display list address STY SDLSTH ;high display list address STY STJMP+2 ;high display list address LDA #$21 STA SDMCTL RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PMD - Process Main Screen DLI * * 1) IF MAIN SCREEN IS ON FOR MORE than FIVE MINUTES * THEN 'ALL TESTS' SELECTION IS SELECTED AND EXECUTED * 2) COLORS FOR CURRENTLY SELECTED CHOICE AND THE * NON-SELECTED CHOICES ARE DISPLAYED ON FLY * 3) SELECTION PROCESS IS HANDLED * * ENTRY JMP PMD * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PMD = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save A TXA PHA ;save X ; Check for 4th time. PMD1 LDX #$7A ;assume non-selected color LDA STPASS ;pass indicator CMP #$01 ;4th time indicator BEQ PMD3 ;if 4th time ; Check for selection. AND #$01 ;selection indicatorn BEQ PMD2 ;if selected ; Increment and check blink counter. INC STBL ;increment blink counter LDA STBL ;blink counter AND #$20 ;blink indicator BEQ PMD2 ;if not to blink LDX #$2C ;use selected color ; Set color. PMD2 STX WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization STX COLPF0 ;playfield 0 color CLC ROR STPASS ;advance pass indicator LDA #0 STA ATRACT ; Exit. PLA TAX ;restore X PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Check for SELECT previously pressed. PMD3 LDA STSPP ;SELECT previously pressed flag BNE PMD4 ;if SELECT previously pressed ; Check for SELECT pressed. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$02 ;SELECT key indicator BNE PMD5 ;if SELECT not pressed, exit ; Process SELECT pressed. LDA STSEL ;current selection ROL A ROL STSEL ;next selection LDA #$20 ;blink indicator STA STBL ;blink counter LDA #$FF ;SELECT previously pressed indicator STA STSPP ;SELECT previously pressed flag BNE PMD5 ; Process SELECT previously pressed. PMD4 LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$02 ;SELECT key indicator BEQ PMD5 ;if SELECT still pressed LDA #0 ;SELECT not previously pressed indicator STA STSPP ;SELECT previously pressed flag ; ???every 4th time??? PMD5 LDA STSEL ;selection AND #$0F ORA #$10 ;reset indicate memory test STA STPASS ;pass indicator ; Advance main screen timer. INC STTIME BNE PMD6 ;if low not zero INC STTIME+1 ; Check main screen timer. PMD6 LDA STTIME+1 CMP #250 ;main screen timeout BNE PMD7 ;if main screen timed out ; Process main screen timeout. CLI JMP SEL4 ;self-test all ; Continue. PMD7 JMP PMD1 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** DISL1 - Display List for Main Screen DISL1 DB $70,$70,$70,$70,$70 DB $47 DW SMEM1 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $4E DW ST3000 DB $70 DB $F0 DB $C6 DW SMEM2 DB $70,$86 DB $70,$86 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$70 DB $4E DW ST3000 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $42 DW SMEM3 DB $41 DW DISL1 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM1 - "SELF TEST" Text SMEM1 DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $33,$25,$2C,$26 ;"SELF" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM2 - "MEMORY AUDIO-VISUAL KEYBOARD ALL TESTS" Text SMEM2 DB $00,$00 DB $2D,$25,$2D,$2F,$32,$39 ;"MEMORY" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $21,$35,$24,$29,$2F ;"AUDIO" DB $0D ;"-" DB $36,$29,$33,$35,$21,$2C ;"VISUAL" DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $2B,$25,$39,$22,$2F,$21,$32,$24 ;"KEYBOARD" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $21,$2C,$2C ;"ALL" DB $00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34,$33 ;"TESTS" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM3 - "SELECT,START OR RESET" Text SMEM3 DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $42 DB $B3,$A5,$AC,$A5,$A3,$B4 ;"SELECT" DB $56 DB $0C ;"," DB $42 DB $B3,$B4,$A1,$B2,$B4 ;"START" DB $56 DB $2F,$32 ;"OR" DB $42 DB $B2,$A5,$B3,$A5,$B4 ;"RESET" DB $56 DB $00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL2 - Display List for Memory Test DISL2 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $46 DW ST3000 DB $70 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$08 DB $70 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$08 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $01 DW DISL3 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL3 - Display List for Exit Text DISL3 DB $A0,$40 DB $42 DW SMEM4 DB $01 DW STJMP SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM4 - "RESET OR HELP TO EXIT" Text SMEM4 DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 DB $42 DB $B2,$A5,$B3,$A5,$B4 ;"RESET" DB $56 DB $2F,$32 ;"OR" DB $42 DB $A8,$A5,$AC,$B0 ;"HELP" DB $56 DB $34,$2F ;"TO" DB $00 DB $25,$38,$29,$34 ;"EXIT" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL4 - Display List for Keyboard Test DISL4 DB $70,$70,$70,$70 DB $46 DW ST3000 DB $70,$70,$70 DB $70,$02 DB $70 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$02 DB $70,$70 DB $01 DW DISL3 SPACE 4,10 ** DISL5 - Display List for Audio-visual Test DISL5 DB $70,$70,$70,$70 DB $46 DW SMEM5 DB $70,$06 DB $70,$70 DB $4B DW ST3100 DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B,$0B DB $0B,$0B DB $70 DB $46 DW ST3000 DB $70 DB $01 DW DISL3 SPACE 4,10 ** SMEM5 - "AUDIO-VISUAL TEST" Text SMEM5 DB $00,$00 DB $21,$35,$24,$29,$2F ;"AUDIO" DB $0D ;"-" DB $36,$29,$33,$35,$21,$2C ;"VISUAL" DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $00,$00,$00,$00 DB $34,$25,$33,$34 ;"TEST" DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 SPACE 4,10 ** STM - Self-test Memory * * STM verifies ROM and RAM by verifying the ROM checksums and * writing and reading all possible values to each byte of RAM. * * ENTRY JSR STM * * NOTES * Problem: searches beyond end of TMNT. * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STM = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #low DISL2 ;memory test display list LDY #high DISL2 LDA #0 ;indicate not keyboard self-test JSR SDL ;set up display list LDX #1 ;memory test colors JSR SUC ;set up colors LDX #0 ;offset to "MEMORY TEST ROM" test JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDX #1 ;offset to "RAM" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Test first 8K ROM. STM1 LDA ST3020 CMP #$AA ;color 1 for failure BEQ STM4 ;if first 8K ROM already failed LDA #$55 ;color 0 for test JSR DFS ;display first ROM status JSR DMW ;delay a middling while JSR VFR ;verify first 8K ROM BCS STM2 ;if ROM failed LDA #$FF ;color 2 for success JMP STM3 STM2 LDA #$AA ;color 1 for failure STM3 JSR DFS ;display first ROM status ; Test second 8K ROM. STM4 LDA ST3024 CMP #$AA ;color 1 for failure BEQ STM7 ;if second 8K ROM already failed LDA #$55 ;color 0 for test JSR DSS ;display second ROM status JSR DMW ;delay a middling while JSR VSR ;verify second 8K ROM BCS STM5 ;if ROM failed LDA #$FF ;color 2 for success JMP STM6 STM5 LDA #$AA ;color 1 for failure STM6 JSR DSS ;display second ROM status ; Test RAM. STM7 LDA #$C0 ;mask for left side of a screen byte STA STSMM LDA #$04 ;initially select LED 1 off STA STLM ;LED mask LDA #0 STA STSMP ;initialize ??? STA STPAG ;initialize current page STA STPAG+1 STA ST1K ;initialize current 1K to test ; Test 1K of RAM. STM8 LDX STSMP ;screen memory pointer LDA ST3038,X AND STSMM CMP #$80 BEQ STM17 ;if already failed CMP #$08 BEQ STM17 ;if already failed LDA #$44 ;color 0 for test JSR DRS ;display RAM block status LDA STLM ;LED mask JSR SLD ;set LED's LDA STLM ;current LED mask EOR #$0C ;complement LED's selected STA STLM ;update LED mask ; Check for memory not to test. LDX #TMNTL-1+2 ;2 bytes beyond last byte of table STM9 LDA TMNT,X ;range to test CMP STPAG+1 ;high current page BEQ STM15 ;if not to test, indicate success DEX BPL STM9 ;if not done ; Test 1K of RAM. LDA #4 ;number of pages to test STA STPC ;page count ; Write initial list to page. STM10 LDX #0 ;initial value to write ; Write list to page. STM11 LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page STM12 TXA STA (STPAG),Y ;byte of page INX INY BNE STM12 ;if not done writing page ; Verify list written to page. STX STMVAL ;first correct value to test LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page STM13 LDA (STPAG),Y ;byte of page CMP STMVAL ;correct value BNE STM14 ;if not correct value INC STMVAL ;increment value to test INY BNE STM13 ;if not done verifying page ; Increment and test initial value to write. INX ;increment initial value to write BNE STM11 ;if not done, write another list ; Decrement and test page counter. INC STPAG+1 ;increment high current page DEC STPC ;decrement page count BNE STM10 ;if not done testing pages BEQ STM16 ;indicate success ; Display failure. STM14 JSR DMW ;delay a middling while LDA #$88 ;color 1 for failure JSR DRS ;display RAM block status JMP STM17 ; Delay for simulating test of memory not to test. STM15 JSR DLW ;delay a long while ; Display success. STM16 LDA #$CC ;color 2 for success JSR DRS ;display RAM block status STM17 LDA STSMM BMI STM20 LDA #$C0 STA STSMM INC STSMP ;increment screen memory pointer STM18 CLC LDA ST1K ;current 1K to test ADC #high $0400 ;add 1K STA STPAG+1 ;high current page STA ST1K ;update current 1K to test CMP RAMSIZ ;RAM size BNE STM8 ;if not done testing RAM ; Check for auto-mode. LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BNE STM19 ;if auto-mode, perform audio-visual test ; Test memory again. JMP STM1 ;test memory again ; Process auto-mode. STM19 LDA #$0C ;indicate LED 1 and 2 off JSR SLD ;set LED's JSR DLW ;delay a long while JMP STV ;self-test audio-visual STM20 LDA #$0C STA STSMM BNE STM18 SPACE 4,10 ** DFS - Display First ROM Status * * ENTRY JSR DFS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DFS = * ;entry LDX #1*4 ;first 8K ROM display JSR SVR ;set value in range AND #$FC STA ST3020+3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DSS - Display Second ROM Status * * ENTRY JSR DSS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DSS = * ;entry LDX #2*4 ;second 8K ROM display JSR SVR ;set value in range AND #$FC STA ST3024+3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SLD - Set LED's * * ENTRY JSR SLD * A = LED mask (bit 3 - LED 2, bit 2 - LED 1) * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SLD = * ;entry STA STTMP5 ;save LED mask LDA PORTB AND #$F3 ;clear LED control ORA STTMP5 ;set LED control according to mask STA PORTB ;update port B memory control RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DMW - Delay a Middling While * * ENTRY JSR DMW * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DMW = * ;entry LDX #60 ;60-VBLANK delay BNE DAW ;delay a while SPACE 4,10 ** DLW - Delay a Long While * * ENTRY JSR DLW * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLW = * ;entry LDX #150 ;150-VBLANK delay ; JMP DAW ;delay a while, return SPACE 4,10 ** DAW - Delay a While * * ENTRY JSR DAW * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DAW = * ;entry DAW1 LDY #$FF ;initialize inner loop counter DAW2 STY WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchronization DEY BNE DAW2 ;if inner loop not done DEX BNE DAW1 ;if outer loop not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DRS - Display RAM Block Status * * ENTRY JSR DRS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DRS = * ;entry PHA ;save color LDX STSMP LDA STSMM EOR #$FF ;complement AND ST3038,X STA ST3038,X PLA ;saved color AND STSMM ORA ST3038,X STA ST3038,X RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** POD - Process Other DLI's * * POD turns the last line on the screen into white on black, * handles keyboard self-test display of console switches, handles * HELP key for exit, and ensures no attract-mode. * * ENTRY JMP POD * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 POD = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save A ; Select colors. LDA #$0C ;white color STA COLPF1 ;playfield 1 color LDA COLOR4 ;background color STA COLPF2 ;playfield 2 color ; Ensure no attract-mode. LDA #0 ;no attract-mode STA ATRACT ;attract-mode timer/flag ; Check HELP key. LDA HELPFG ;HELP key flag BEQ POD1 ;if HELP not pressed ; Process HELP key. LDA #0 ;HELP key not pressed indicator STA HELPFG ;HELP key flag LDA #$0C ;LED's off JSR SLD ;set LED's CLI JMP SEL ;start over with main screen ; Check for keyboard self-test. POD1 LDA STKST ;keyboard self-test flag BEQ POD10 ;if not keyboard self-test, exit ; Set display of console switches pressed. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$01 ;START key indicator BEQ POD2 ;if START key pressed LDA #$B3 BNE POD3 ;set display POD2 LDA #$33 POD3 STA ST301C ;set START key display LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$02 ;SELECT key indicator BEQ POD4 ;if SELECT key pressed LDA #$F3 BNE POD5 ;set display POD4 LDA #$73 POD5 STA ST301E ;set SELECT key display LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$04 ;OPTION key indicator BEQ POD6 ;if OPTION key pressed LDA #$AF BNE POD7 ;set display POD6 LDA #$2F POD7 STA ST3020 ;set OPTION key display ; Sound tone if console switches pressed. LDA CONSOL ;console switches AND #$07 ;key indicators CMP #$07 ;no keys pressed BEQ POD8 ;if no keys pressed LDA #100 ;frequency STA AUDF2 ;set frequency of voice 2 LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume BNE POD9 ;set control of voice 2 POD8 LDA #0 ;zero volume POD9 STA AUDC2 ;set control of voice 2 ; Exit. POD10 PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TMNT - Table of Memory Not to Test * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by redundant entries. TMNT DB high $0000 ;$0000 - $03FF, zero page and stack DB high $5000 ;$5000 - $53FF, self-test ROM DB high $5400 ;$5400 - $57FF, self-test ROM DB high ST3000 ;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory DB high ST3000 ;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory DB high ST3000 ;ST3000 - ST3000+$03FF, screen memory TMNTL = *-TMNT ;length SPACE 4,10 ** STK - Self-test Keyboard * * STK verifies the operation of the keyboard by displaying * keys as they are pressed. In auto-mode, the verification * is simulated. * * ENTRY JSR STK * * NOTES * Problem: one too many bytes taken from TSKP table. * Problem: wasted bytes for extra LDA CH. * Problem: logic is convoluted (due to SBT and SAS * subroutines appearing in the middle of STK). * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STK = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #0 STX STSKP ;initialize simulated keypress index LDX #3 ;keyboard test colors JSR SUC ;set up colors LDX #low DISL4 ;keyboard display list LDY #high DISL4 LDA #$FF ;indicate keyboard self-test JSR SDL ;set up display list ; Test keyboard. STK1 LDX #2 ;offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDX #7 ;offset to keyboard text JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Check auto-mode. LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BEQ STK3 ;if not auto-mode ; Simulate keypress. STK2 LDX STSKP ;offset to next simulated keypress LDA TSKP,X ;simulated keypress INC STSKP ;advance offset to simulated keypress LDX STSKP ;offset to simulated keypress CPX #TSKPL+1 ;last offset+1+1 BNE STK4 ;if last keypress not processed ; Self-test memory. JSR DLW ;delay a long while JMP STM ;self-test memory ; Get a keypress. STK3 LDA CH ;key code CMP #$FF ;clear code indicator BEQ STK3 ;if no key pressed CMP #$C0 BCS STK3 ;if ??? LDA CH ;key code ; Process keypress. STK4 LDX #$FF ;clear code indicator STX CH ;key code PHA ;save key code AND #$80 BEQ STK5 ;if not CTRL LDX #8 ;offset to control key text JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Check for shift key. STK5 PLA ;saved key code PHA ;save key code AND #$40 BEQ STK6 ;if not shift key ; Process keyboard shift key display. LDX #5 ;offset to "SH" JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDX #4 ;offset to "SH" JSR SSM ;set screen memory ; Check for special keys. STK6 PLA ;saved key code AND #$3F CMP #$21 BEQ KSB ;if space bar, process display CMP #$2C BEQ KTK ;if tab key, process display CMP #$34 BEQ KBK ;if backspace key, process display CMP #$0C BEQ KRK ;if return key, process display ; Process other key displays. TAX ;key code LDA TSMC,X ;display character PHA ;save display character LDA #low ST3021 STA STTMP1 ;screen pointer LDA #high ST3021 STA STTMP1+1 ; Find display character in screen memory. PLA ;saved display character LDY #$FF ;preset offset STK7 INY CMP (STTMP1),Y BNE STK7 ;if not found ; Display inverse video. LDA (STTMP1),Y EOR #$80 ;invert video STA (STTMP1),Y ; Check auto-mode. STK8 LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BEQ STK9 ;if not auto-mode ; Process auto-mode. JSR SBT ;sound beep tone LDX #20 ;20-VBLANK delay JSR DAW ;delay a while JSR SAS ;silence all sounds LDX #10 ;10-VBLANK delay JSR DAW ;delay a while JMP STK1 ;get next simulated keypress ; Process manual mode. STK9 JSR SBT ;sound beep tone STK10 LDA SKSTAT AND #$04 BEQ STK10 JSR SAS ;silence all sounds JMP STK1 ;get next keypress SPACE 4,10 ** SBT - Sound Beep Tone * * ENTRY JSR SBT * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBT = * ;entry LDA #$64 ;frequency STA AUDF1 ;set frequency LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume STA AUDC1 ;set control RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SAS - Silence All Sounds * * ENTRY JSR SAS * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SAS = * ;entry LDA #0 ;volume 0 STA AUDC1 ;silence voice 1 STA AUDC2 ;silence voice 2 STA AUDC3 ;silence voice 3 STA AUDC4 ;silence voice 4 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** KSB - Process Keyboard Space Bar Display * * ENTRY JSR KSB * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KSB = * ;entry LDX #3 ;offset to "S P A C E B A R" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory JMP STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** KBK - Process Keyboard Backspace Key Display * * ENTRY JSR KBK * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KBK = * ;entry LDX #6 ;offset to "B S" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory JMP STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** KTK - Process Keyboard Tab Key Display * * ENTRY JSR KTK * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KTK = * ;entry LDA #$7F STA ST3052 STA ST3052+1 BNE STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** KRK - Process Keyboard Return Key Display * * ENTRY JSR KRK * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KRK = * ;entry LDA #$32 STA ST306D LDA #$34 STA ST306D+1 BNE STK8 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** TSKP - Table of Simulated Keypresses TSKP DB $52,$08,$0A,$2B,$28,$0D,$3D,$39,$2D ;"Copyright" DB $1F,$30,$35,$1A ;"1983" DB $7F,$2D,$3F,$28,$0D ;"Atari" TSKPL = *-TSKP ;length SPACE 4,10 ** STV - Self-test Audio-visual * * STV verifies the operation of the display and voices by * displaying and playing a tune. * * ENTRY JSR STV * * MODS M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STV = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #2 ;audio-visual test colors JSR SUC ;set up colors ; Test audio-visual. STV1 LDA #0 STA STVOC ;initialize voice indicator ; Test voice. STV2 LDA #0 STA STNOT ;initialize note counter LDX #low DISL5 ;audio-visual display list LDY #high DISL5 LDA #0 ;indicate not keyboard self-test JSR SDL ;set up display list ; Display voice number. LDX #9 ;offset to "VOICE #" text JSR SSM ;set screen memory LDA STVOC ;voice indicator LSR A ;voice number CLC ADC #$11 ;adjust for screen memory STA ST300B ;voice number display ; Display staff. LDX #$0F ;offset to last byte of staff lines STV3 LDA #$FF ;color 2 STA ST3150,X ;byte of first line of staff STA ST31B0,X ;byte of second line of staff STA ST3210,X ;byte of third line of staff STA ST3270,X ;byte of fourth line of staff STA ST32D0,X ;byte of fifth line of staff DEX BPL STV3 ;if not done ; Display cleft. LDA #0 ;offset to first cleft display address STA STCDI ;cleft display pointer LDA #2*6 STA STCDA ;cleft data pointer STV4 LDX STCDI ;cleft display pointer LDA TCDA+1,X ;high address of cleft display TAY LDA TCDA,X ;low address of cleft display TAX LDA STCDA ;cleft data pointer JSR DVN ;display ??? CLC LDA STCDA ;cleft data pointer ADC #6 STA STCDA ;update cleft data pointer INC STCDI ;increment cleft display pointer INC STCDI LDA STCDI ;cleft display pointer CMP #TCDAL ;length of cleft display table BNE STV4 ;if not done ; Delay. JSR DMW ;delay a middling while ; Display and play first note. LDX #low ST3154 LDY #high ST3154 LDA #0*6 JSR DVN LDA #$51 ;first note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play second note. LDX #low ST3186 LDY #high ST3186 LDA #0*6 JSR DVN LDA #$5B ;second note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play third note. LDX #low ST30F8 LDY #high ST30F8 LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST30C7 LDY #high ST30C7 LDA #14*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST3248 LDY #high ST3248 LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDA #$44 ;third note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play fourth note. LDX #low ST30CA LDY #high ST30CA LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST321A LDY #high ST321A LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST31CA LDY #high ST31CA LDA #1*6 JSR DVN LDA #$3C ;fourth note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play fifth note. LDX #low ST303C LDY #high ST303C LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST318C LDY #high ST318C LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST313C LDY #high ST313C LDA #1*6 JSR DVN LDA #$2D ;fifth note frequency JSR SVN ; Display and play sixth note. LDX #low ST309E LDY #high ST309E LDA #12*6 JSR DVN LDX #low ST31EE LDY #high ST31EE LDA #13*6 JSR DVN LDA #$35 ;sixth note frequency JSR SVN ; Delay. JSR DLW ;delay a long while ; Advance to next voice. INC STVOC ;increment voice indicator INC STVOC LDA STVOC ;voice indicator CMP #8 ;last voice indicator BNE STV5 ;if all voices not processed ; Process test completion. LDA STAUT ;auto-mode flag BNE STV6 ;if auto-mode, perform keyboard test JMP STV1 ;repeat audio-visual test ; Test next voice. STV5 JMP STV2 ;test next voice ; Self-test keyboard. STV6 JSR DLW ;delay a long while JMP STK ;self-test keyboard SPACE 4,10 ** SVN - Sound Tone * * ENTRY JSR SVN * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SVN = * ;entry ; Sound note. LDY STVOC ;current voice indicator STA AUDF1,Y ;set frequency LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume STA AUDC1,Y ;set control ; Delay a while. LDX STNOT ;current note LDA TNDD,X ;delay time TAX JSR DAW ;delay a while ; Increment note counter. INC STNOT ;increment note counter ; Exit. JSR SAS ;silence all sounds RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DVN - Display * * ENTRY JSR DVN * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DVN = * ;entry STX STTMP2 STY STTMP2+1 TAX LDY #0 LDA #16 STA STTMP3 LDA #6 STA STTMP4 DVN1 LDA TAVD,X ORA (STTMP2),Y STA (STTMP2),Y JSR AST ;add 16 DEC STTMP3 BNE DVN1 INC STTMP3 INX DEC STTMP4 BNE DVN1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** AST - Add Sixteen * * ENTRY JSR AST * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 AST = * ;entry CLC LDA STTMP2 ;current low value ADC #16 ;add 16 STA STTMP2 ;new low value BCC AST1 ;if no carry INC STTMP2+1 ;adjust high value AST1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TNDD - Table of Note Duration Delays TNDD DB 32 ;0 - first note DB 32 ;1 - second note DB 32 ;2 - third note DB 16 ;3 - fourth note DB 16 ;4 - fifth note DB 32 ;5 - sixth note SPACE 4,10 ** TAVD - Table of Audio-visual Test Display Data TAVD DB $01,$1F,$3F,$7F,$3E,$1C ;0 DB $00,$41,$42,$4C,$70,$40 ;1 DB $00,$01,$02,$04,$08,$10 ;2 DB $00,$43,$44,$48,$48,$48 ;3 DB $00,$44,$22,$10,$08,$07 ;4 DB $00,$04,$08,$05,$02,$00 ;5 DB $00,$30,$48,$88,$84,$84 ;6 DB $00,$88,$88,$90,$A0,$C0 ;7 DB $00,$F0,$88,$84,$82,$82 ;8 DB $00,$82,$82,$84,$88,$F0 ;9 DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$80 ;10 DB $80,$80,$80,$80,$80,$80 ;11 DB $00,$1C,$3E,$7F,$7E,$7C ;12 DB $40,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;13 DB $00,$04,$04,$06,$05,$06 ;14 SPACE 4,10 ** TCDA - Table of Cleft Display Addresses TCDA DW ST30C1 ;0 DW ST3121 ;1 DW ST3181 ;2 DW ST31F1 ;3 DW ST3002 ;4 DW ST3062 ;5 DW ST3122 ;6 DW ST3182 ;7 DW ST30C2 ;8 DW ST31C2 ;9 TCDAL = *-TCDA ;length SPACE 4,10 ** SVR - Set Value in Range * * ENTRY JSR SVR * A = value to set * X = offset to TARS range * * EXIT * A = value set * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SVR = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save value ; Set address range. LDA TARS,X ;start of range STA STADR1 LDA TARS+1,X STA STADR1+1 LDA TARS+2,X ;end of range STA STADR2 LDA TARS+3,X STA STADR2+1 ; Set value in range. LDY #0 ;offset to first byte SVR1 PLA ;saved value STA (STADR1),Y ;byte of range INC STADR1 ;increment low address BNE SVR2 ;if no carry INC STADR1+1 ;adjust high address SVR2 PHA ;save value LDA STADR1 ;low current address CMP STADR2 ;low end of range BNE SVR1 ;if definitely not done LDA STADR1+1 ;high current address CMP STADR2+1 ;high end of range BNE SVR1 ;if not done ; Exit. PLA ;restore value RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SSM - Set Screen Memory * * ENTRY JSR SSM * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSM = * ;entry LDA TSTO,X ;offset to source TAY LDA TSTL,X ;length of source STA STADR1 ;length LDA TSTD,X ;offset to destination TAX SSM1 LDA TTXT,Y ;byte of source STA ST3000,X ;byte of destination INY INX DEC STADR1 ;decrement length BNE SSM1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SUC - Set Up Colors * * ENTRY JSR SUC * X = 0, if main screen colors * = 1, if memory test colors * = 2, if keyboard test colors * = 3, if audio-visual test colors * * EXIT * COLOR0, COLOR1, COLOR2 and COLOR4 set. * * CHANGES * A * * CALLS * -none- * * MODS * M. W. Colburn 10/26/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SUC = * ;entry LDA SUCA,X STA COLOR0 ;playfield 0 color LDA SUCB,X STA COLOR1 ;playfield 1 color LDA SUCC,X STA COLOR2 ;playfield 2 color LDA SUCD,X STA COLOR4 ;background color RTS ;return SUCA DB $2C ;0 - main screen playfield 0 color DB $0C ;1 - memory test playfield 0 color DB $2A ;2 - keyboard test playfield 0 color DB $18 ;3 - audio-visual test playfield 0 color SUCB DB $0F ;0 - main screen playfield 1 color DB $32 ;1 - memory test playfield 1 color DB $0C ;2 - keyboard test playfield 1 color DB $0E ;3 - audio-visual test playfield 1 color SUCC DB $D2 ;0 - main screen playfield 2 color DB $D6 ;1 - memory test playfield 2 color DB $00 ;2 - keyboard test playfield 2 color DB $B4 ;3 - audio-visual test playfield 2 color SUCD DB $D2 ;0 - main screen background color DB $A0 ;1 - memory test background color DB $30 ;2 - keyboard test background color DB $B4 ;3 - audio-visual test background color SPACE 4,10 ** TSMC - Table of Screen Memory Character Codes * * Entry n is the screen memory character code for key code n. TSMC DB $2C ;$00 - L key DB $2A ;$01 - J key DB $1B ;$02 - semicolon key DB $91 ;$03 DB $92 ;$04 DB $2B ;$05 - K key DB $0B ;$06 - plus key DB $0A ;$07 - asterisk key DB $2F ;$08 - O key DB $00 ;$09 DB $30 ;$0A - P key DB $35 ;$0B - U key DB $B2 ;$0C - RETURN key DB $29 ;$0D - I key DB $0D ;$0E - minus key DB $1D ;$0F - = key DB $36 ;$10 - V key DB $A8 ;$11 DB $23 ;$12 - C key DB $93 ;$13 DB $94 ;$14 DB $22 ;$15 - B key DB $38 ;$16 - X key DB $3A ;$17 - Z key DB $14 ;$18 - 4 key DB $00 ;$19 DB $13 ;$1A - 3 key DB $16 ;$1B - 6 key DB $5B ;$1C - ESC key DB $15 ;$1D - 5 key DB $12 ;$1E - 2 key DB $11 ;$1F - 1 key DB $0C ;$20 - comma key DB $00 ;$21 - space key DB $0E ;$22 - period key DB $2E ;$23 - N key DB $00 ;$24 DB $2D ;$25 - M key DB $0F ;$26 - / key DB $A1 ;$27 - inverse video key DB $32 ;$28 - R key DB $00 ;$29 DB $25 ;$2A - E key DB $39 ;$2B - Y key DB $FF ;$2C - TAB key DB $34 ;$2D - T key DB $37 ;$2E - W key DB $31 ;$2F - Q key DB $19 ;$30 - 9 key DB $00 ;$31 DB $10 ;$32 - 0 key DB $17 ;$33 - 7 key DB $A2 ;$34 - backspace key DB $18 ;$35 - 8 key DB $1C ;$36 - < key DB $1E ;$37 - > key DB $26 ;$38 - F key DB $28 ;$39 - H key DB $24 ;$3A - D key DB $00 ;$3B DB $A3 ;$3C - CAPS key DB $27 ;$3D - G key DB $33 ;$3E - S key DB $21 ;$3F - A key SPACE 4,10 ** TARS - Table of Address Ranges to Set TARS DW ST3000,ST3000+$0EFF ;0 - screen memory DW ST3020,ST3020+4 ;1 - memory test first 8K ROM DW ST3024,ST3024+4 ;2 - memory test second 8K ROM DW ST3000,ST3000+32 ;3 - main screen bold lines SPACE 4,10 ** TSTL - Table of Self-test Text Lengths TSTL DB TXT0L ;0 - length of "MEMORY TEST ROM" text DB TXT1L ;1 - length of "RAM" text DB TXT2L ;2 - length of "KEYBOARD TEST" text DB TXT3L ;3 - length of "S P A C E B A R" text DB TXT4L ;4 - length of "SH" text DB TXT5L ;5 - length of "SH" text DB TXT6L ;6 - length of "B S" text DB TXT7L ;7 - length of keyboard text DB TXT8L ;8 - length of control key text DB TXT9L ;9 - length of "VOICE #" text SPACE 4,10 ** TSTD - Table of Self-test Text Destination Offsets TSTD DB ST3000-ST3000 ;0 - offset to "MEMORY TEST ROM" text DB ST3028-ST3000 ;1 - offset to "RAM" text DB ST3000-ST3000 ;2 - offset to "KEYBOARD TEST" text DB ST30B7-ST3000 ;3 - offset to "S P A C E B A R" text DB ST3092-ST3000 ;4 - offset to "SH" text DB ST30AB-ST3000 ;5 - offset to "SH" text DB ST304C-ST3000 ;6 - offset to "B S" text DB ST3022-ST3000 ;7 - offset to keyboard text DB ST3072-ST3000 ;8 - offset to control key text DB ST3004-ST3000 ;9 - offset to "VOICE #" text SUBTTL 'Floating Point Package' SPACE 4,10 *** (C) Copyright 1978 Shepardson Microsystems, Inc. SPACE 4,10 FIX $D800 SPACE 4,10 *** FPP - Floating Point Package * * FPP is a collection of routines for floating point * computations. A floating point number is represented * in 6 bytes: * * Byte 0 * Bit 7 Sign of mantissa * Bits 0 - 6 BCD exponent, biased by $40 * * Bytes 1 - 5 BCD mantissa * * MODS * Shepardson Microsystems * * Produce 2K version. * M. Lorenzen 09/06/81 SPACE 4,10 FIX AFP SPACE 4,10 ** AFP - Convert ASCII to Floating Point * * ENTRY JSR AFP * INBUFF = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset to first byte of number * * EXIT * C clear, if valid number * C set, if invalid number * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by check for "-", near AFP7. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;AFP = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR SLB ;skip leading blanks ; Check for number. JSR TVN ;test for valid number character BCS AFP5 ;if not number character ; Set initial values. LDX #EEXP ;exponent LDY #4 ;indicate 4 bytes to clear JSR ZXLY LDX #$FF STX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 BEQ AFP2 ;get first character ; Indicate not first character. AFP1 LDA #$FF ;indicate not first character STA FCHFLG ;first character flag ; Get next character. AFP2 JSR GNC ;get next character BCS AFP6 ;if character not numeric ; Process numeric character. PHA ;save digit LDX FR0M ;first byte BNE AFP3 ;if not zero JSR S0L ;shift FR0 left 1 digit PLA ;saved digit ORA FR0M+FMPREC-1 ;insert into last byte STA FR0M+FMPREC-1 ;update last byte ; Check for decimal point. LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BMI AFP1 ;if no decimal point, process next character ; Increment number of digits after decimal point. INX ;increment number of digits STX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BNE AFP1 ;process next character ; Increment exponent, if necessary. AFP3 PLA ;clean stack LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BPL AFP4 ;if already have decimal point INC EEXP ;increment number of digits more than 9 ; Process next character. AFP4 JMP AFP1 ;process next character ; Exit. AFP5 RTS ;return ; Process non-numeric character. AFP6 CMP #'.' BEQ AFP8 ;if ".", process decimal point CMP #'E' BEQ AFP9 ;if "E", process exponent LDX FCHFLG ;first character flag BNE AFP16 ;if not first character, process end of input CMP #'+' BEQ AFP1 ;if "+", process next character CMP #'-' BEQ AFP7 ;if "-", process negative sign ; Process negative sign. AFP7 STA NSIGN ;sign of number BEQ AFP1 ;process next character ; Process decimal point. AFP8 LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BPL AFP16 ;if already have decimal point INX ;zero STX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BEQ AFP1 ;process next character ; Process exponent. AFP9 LDA CIX ;offset to character STA FRX ;save offset to character JSR GNC ;get next character BCS AFP13 ;if not numeric ; Process numeric character in exponent. AFP10 TAX ;first character of exponent LDA EEXP ;number of digits more than 9 PHA ;save number of digits more than 9 STX EEXP ;first character of exponent ; Process second character of exponent. JSR GNC ;get next character BCS AFP11 ;if not numeric, no second digit PHA ;save second digit LDA EEXP ;first digit ASL A ;2 times first digit STA EEXP ;2 times first digit ASL A ;4 times first digit ASL A ;8 times first digit ADC EEXP ;add 2 times first digit STA EEXP ;save 10 times first digit PLA ;saved second digit CLC ADC EEXP ;insert in exponent STA EEXP ;update exponent ; Process third character of exponent??? LDY CIX ;offset to third character JSR ICX ;increment offset AFP11 LDA ESIGN ;sign of exponent BEQ AFP12 ;if no sign on exponent ; Process negative exponent. LDA EEXP ;exponent EOR #$FF ;complement exponent CLC ADC #1 ;add 1 for 2's complement STA EEXP ;update exponent ; Add in number of digits more than 9. AFP12 PLA ;saved number of digits more than 9 CLC ADC EEXP ;add exponent STA EEXP ;update exponent BNE AFP16 ;process end of input ; Process non-numeric in exponent. AFP13 CMP #'+' BEQ AFP14 ;if "+", process next character CMP #'-' BNE AFP15 ;if not "-", ??? STA ESIGN ;save sign of exponent ; Process next character. AFP14 JSR GNC ;get next character BCC AFP10 ;if numeric, process numeric character ; Process other non-numeric in exponent. AFP15 LDA FRX ;saved offset STA CIX ;restore offset ; Process end of input. AFP16 DEC CIX ;decrement offset LDA EEXP ;exponent LDX DIGRT ;number of digits after decimal point BMI AFP17 ;if no decimal point BEQ AFP17 ;if no digits after decimal point SEC SBC DIGRT ;subtract number of digits after decimal point AFP17 PHA ;save adjusted exponent ROL A ;set C with sign of exponent PLA ;saved adjusted exponent ROR A ;shift right STA EEXP ;save power of 100 BCC AFP18 ;if no carry, process even number JSR S0L ;shift FR0 left 1 digit AFP18 LDA EEXP ;exponent CLC ADC #$40+4 ;add bias plus 4 for normalization STA FR0 ;save exponent JSR NORM ;normalize number BCS AFP20 ;if error ; Check sign of number. LDX NSIGN ;sign of number BEQ AFP19 ;if sign of number not negative ; Process negative number. LDA FR0 ;first byte of mantissa ORA #$80 ;indicate negative STA FR0 ;update first byte of mantissa ; Exit. AFP19 CLC ;indicate valid number AFP20 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FASC SPACE 4,10 ** FASC - Convert Floating Point Number to ASCII * * ENTRY JSR FASC * FR0 - FR0+5 = number to convert * * EXIT * INBUFF = pointer to start of number * High order bit of last charecter set * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FASC = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR ILP ;initialize line buffer pointer LDA #'0' STA LBPR2 ;put "0" in front of line buffer ; Check for E format required. LDA FR0 ;exponent BEQ FASC2 ;if exponent zero, number zero AND #$7F ;clear sign CMP #$40-1 ;bias-1 BCC FASC3 ;if exponent < bias-1, E format required CMP #$40+5 ;bias+5 BCS FASC3 ;if >= bias+5, E format required ; Process E format not required. SEC SBC #$40-1 ;subtract bias-1, yielding decimal position JSR C0A ;convert FR0 to ASCII JSR FNZ ;find last non-zero character ORA #$80 ;set high order bit STA LBUFF,X ;update last character LDA LBUFF ;first character CMP #'.' BEQ FASC1 ;if decimal point JMP FASC10 FASC1 JSR DLP ;decrement line buffer pointer JMP FASC11 ;perform final adjustment ; Process zero. FASC2 LDA #$80+'0' ;"0" with high order bit set STA LBUFF ;put zero character in line buffer RTS ;return ; Process E format required. FASC3 LDA #1 ;GET DECIMAL POSITION??? JSR C0A ;convert FR0 to ASCII JSR FNZ ;find last non-zero character INX ;increment offset to last character STX CIX ;save offset to last character ; Adjust exponent. LDA FR0 ;exponent ASL A ;double exponent SEC SBC #$40*2 ;subtract 2 times bias ; Check first character for "0". LDX LBUFF ;first character CPX #'0' BEQ FASC5 ;if "0" ; Put decimal after first character. LDX LBUFF+1 ;second character LDY LBUFF+2 ;decimal point STX LBUFF+2 ;decimal point STY LBUFF+1 ;third character LDX CIX ;offset CPX #2 ;former offset to decimal point BNE FASC4 ;if offset pointed to second character INC CIX ;increment offset FASC4 CLC ADC #1 ;adjust exponent for movement of decimal point ; Convert exponent to ASCII. FASC5 STA EEXP ;exponent LDA #'E' LDY CIX ;offset JSR SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer STY CIX ;save offset LDA EEXP ;exponent BPL FASC6 ;if exponent positive LDA #0 SEC SBC EEXP ;complement exponent STA EEXP ;update exponent LDA #'-' BNE FASC7 ;store "-" FASC6 LDA #'+' FASC7 JSR SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer LDX #0 ;initial number of 10's LDA EEXP ;exponent FASC8 SEC SBC #10 ;subtract 10 BCC FASC9 ;if < 0, done INX ;increment number of 10's BNE FASC8 ;continue FASC9 CLC ADC #10 ;add back 10 PHA ;save remainder TXA ;number of 10's JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer PLA ;saved remainder ORA #$80 ;set high order bit JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer ; Perform final adjustment. FASC10 LDA LBUFF ;first character CMP #'0' BNE FASC11 ;if not "0", ??? ; Increment pointer to point to non-zero character. CLC LDA INBUFF ;line buffer pointer ADC #1 ;add 1 STA INBUFF ;update line buffer pointer LDA INBUFF+1 ADC #0 STA INBUFF+1 ; Check for positive exponent. FASC11 LDA FR0 ;exponent BPL FASC12 ;if exponent positive, exit ; Process negative exponent. JSR DLP ;decrement line buffer pointer LDY #0 ;offset to first character LDA #'-' STA (INBUFF),Y ;put "-" in line buffer ; Exit. FASC12 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX IFP SPACE 4,10 ** IFP - Convert Integer to Floating Point Number * * ENTRY JSR IFP * FR0 - FR0+1 = integer to convert * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = floating point number * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;IFP = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA FR0 ;low integer STA ZTEMP4+1 ;save low integer LDA FR0+1 ;high integer STA ZTEMP4 ;save high integer JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 ; Convert to floating point. SED LDY #16 ;number of bits in integer IFP1 ASL ZTEMP4+1 ;shift integer ROL ZTEMP4 ;shift integer, setting C if bit present LDX #3 ;offset to last possible byte of number IFP2 LDA FR0,X ;byte of number ADC FR0,X ;double byte, adding in carry STA FR0,X ;update byte of number DEX BNE IFP2 ;if not done DEY ;decrement count of integer bits BNE IFP1 ;if not done CLD ; Set exponent. LDA #$40+2 ;indicate decimal after last digit STA FR0 ;exponent ; Exit. JMP NORM ;normalize, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FPI SPACE 4,10 ** FPI - Convert Floating Point Number to Integer * * ENTRY JSR FPI * FR0 - FR0+5 = floating point number * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+1 = integer * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FPI = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA ZTEMP4 ;zero integer STA ZTEMP4+1 ; Check exponent. LDA FR0 ;exponent BMI FPI4 ;if sign of exponent is negative, error CMP #$40+3 ;bias+3 BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error SEC SBC #$40 ;subtract bias BCC FPI2 ;if number less than 1, test for round ; Compute number of digits to convert. ADC #0 ;add carry ASL A ;2 times exponent-$40+1 STA ZTEMP1 ;number of digits to convert ; Convert. FPI1 JSR SIL ;shift integer left BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error LDA ZTEMP4 ;2 times integer STA ZTEMP3 ;save 2 times integer LDA ZTEMP4+1 STA ZTEMP3+1 JSR SIL ;shift integer left BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error JSR SIL ;shift integer left BCS FPI4 ;if number too big, error CLC LDA ZTEMP4+1 ;8 times integer ADC ZTEMP3+1 ;add 2 times integer STA ZTEMP4+1 ;10 times integer LDA ZTEMP4 ADC ZTEMP3 STA ZTEMP4 BCS FPI4 ;if overflow???, error JSR GND ;get next digit CLC ADC ZTEMP4+1 ;insert digit in ??? STA ZTEMP4+1 ;update ??? LDA ZTEMP4 ;??? ADC #0 ;add carry BCS FPI4 ;if overflow, error STA ZTEMP4 ;update ??? DEC ZTEMP1 ;decrement count of digits to convert BNE FPI1 ;if not done ; Check for round required. FPI2 JSR GND ;get next digit CMP #5 BCC FPI3 ;if digit less than 5, do not round ; Round. CLC LDA ZTEMP4+1 ADC #1 ;add 1 to round STA ZTEMP4+1 LDA ZTEMP4 ADC #0 STA ZTEMP4 ; Return integer. FPI3 LDA ZTEMP4+1 ;low integer STA FR0 ;low integer result LDA ZTEMP4 ;high integer STA FR0+1 ;high integer result CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return ; Return error. FPI4 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX ZFR0 SPACE 4,10 ** ZFR0 - Zero FR0 * * ENTRY JSR ZFR0 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;ZFR0 = * ;entry LDX #FR0 ;indicate zero FR0 ; JMP ZF1 ;zero floating point number, return SPACE 4,10 FIX ZF1 SPACE 4,10 ** ZF1 - Zero Floating Point Number * * ENTRY JSR ZF1 * X = offset to register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;ZF1 = * ;entry LDY #6 ;number of bytes to zero ; JMP ZXLY ;zero bytes, return SPACE 4,10 ** ZXLY - Zero Page Zero Location X for Length Y * * ENTRY JSR ZXLY * X = offset * Y = length * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ZXLY = * ;entry LDA #0 ZXLY1 STA $0000,X ;zero byte INX DEY BNE ZXLY1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ILP - Initialize Line Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR ILP * * EXIT * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer address * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ILP = * ;entry LDA #high LBUFF ;high buffer address STA INBUFF+1 ;high line buffer pointer LDA #low LBUFF ;low buffer address STA INBUFF ;low line buffer pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SIL - Shift Integer Left * * ENTRY JSR SIL * ZTEMP4 - ZTEMP4+1 = number (high, low) to shift * * EXIT * ZTEMP4 - ZTEMP4+1 shifted left 1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SIL = * ;entry CLC ROL ZTEMP4+1 ;shift low ROL ZTEMP4 ;shift high RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FSUB SPACE 4,10 ** FSUB - Perform Floating Point Subtract * * FSUB subtracts FR1 from FR0. * * ENTRY JSR FSUB * FR0 - FR0+5 = minuend * FR1 - FR1+5 = subtrahend * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = difference * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FSUB = * ;entry ; Complement sign of subtrahend and add. LDA FR1 ;subtrahend exponent EOR #$80 ;complement sign of subtrahend STA FR1 ;update subtrahend exponent ; JMP FADD ;perform add, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FADD SPACE 4,10 ** FADD - Perform Floating Point Add * * ENTRY JSR FADD * FR0 - FR0+5 = augend * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FADD = * ;entry ; Initialize. FADD1 LDA FR1 ;exponent of addend AND #$7F ;clear sign of addend mantissa STA ZTEMP4 ;save addend exponent LDA FR0 ;exponent of augend AND #$7F ;clear sign of augend mantissa SEC SBC ZTEMP4 ;subtract addend exponent BPL FADD3 ;if augend exponent >= addend exponent ; Swap augend and addend. LDX #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FADD2 LDA FR0,X ;byte of augend LDY FR1,X ;byte of addend STA FR1,X ;move byte of augend to addend TYA STA FR0,X ;move byte of addend to augend DEX BPL FADD2 ;if not done BMI FADD1 ;re-initialize ; Check alignment. FADD3 BEQ FADD4 ;if exponent difference zero, already aligned CMP #FMPREC ;mantissa precision BCS FADD6 ;if exponent difference < mantissa precision ; Align. JSR S1R ;shift FR1 right ; Check for like signs of mantissas. FADD4 SED LDA FR0 ;augend exponent EOR FR1 ;EOR with addend exponent BMI FADD8 ;if signs differ, subtract ; Add. LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa CLC FADD5 LDA FR0M,X ;byte of augend mantissa ADC FR1M,X ;add byte of addend mantissa STA FR0M,X ;update byte of result mantissa DEX BPL FADD5 ;if not done CLD BCS FADD7 ;if carry, process carry ; Exit. FADD6 JMP NORM ;normalize, return ; Process carry. FADD7 LDA #1 ;indicate shift 1 JSR S0R ;shift FR0 right LDA #1 ;carry STA FR0M ;set carry in result ; Exit. JMP NORM ;normalize, return ; Subtract. FADD8 LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa SEC FADD9 LDA FR0M,X ;byte of augend mantissa SBC FR1M,X ;subtract byte of addend mantissa STA FR0M,X ;update byte of result mantissa DEX BPL FADD9 ;if not done BCC FADD10 ;if borrow, process borrow ; Exit. CLD JMP NORM ;normalize ???, return ; Process borrow. FADD10 LDA FR0 ;result exponent EOR #$80 ;complement sign of result STA FR0 ;update result exponent SEC LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa FADD11 LDA #0 SBC FR0M,X ;complement byte of result mantissa STA FR0M,X ;update byte of result mantissa DEX BPL FADD11 ;if not done ; Exit. CLD JMP NORM ;normalize ???, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FMUL SPACE 4,10 ** FMUL - Perform Floating Point Multiply * * ENTRY JSR FMUL * FR0 - FR0+5 = multiplicand * FR1 - FR1+5 = multiplier * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = product * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FMUL = * ;entry ; Check for zero multiplicand. LDA FR0 ;multiplicand exponent BEQ FMUL8 ;if multiplicand exponent zero, result is zero ; Check for zero multiplier. LDA FR1 ;multiplier exponent BEQ FMUL7 ;if multiplier exponent zero, result is zero JSR SUE ;set up exponent SEC SBC #$40 ;subtract bias SEC ;add 1 ADC FR1 ;add multiplier exponent BMI FMUL9 ;if overflow, error ; Set up. JSR SUP ;set up ; Compute number of times to add multiplicand. FMUL1 LDA FRE+FPREC-1 ;last byte of FRE AND #$0F ;extract low order digit STA ZTEMP1+1 ; Check for completion. FMUL2 DEC ZTEMP1+1 ;decrement counter BMI FMUL3 ;if done JSR FRA10 ;add FR1 to FR0 JMP FMUL2 ;continue ; Compute number of times to add 10 times multiplicand. FMUL3 LDA FRE+FPREC-1 ;last byte of FRE LSR A LSR A LSR A LSR A ;high order digit STA ZTEMP1+1 ; Check for completion. FMUL4 DEC ZTEMP1+1 ;decrement counter BMI FMUL5 ;if done JSR FRA20 ;add FR2 to FR0 JMP FMUL4 ;continue ; Set up for next set of adds. FMUL5 JSR S0ER ;shift FR0/FRE right ; Decrement counter and test for completion. DEC ZTEMP1 ;decrement BNE FMUL1 ;if not done ; Set exponent. FMUL6 LDA EEXP ;exponent STA FR0 ;result exponent JMP N0E ;normalize, return ; Return zero result. FMUL7 JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 ; Return no error. FMUL8 CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return ; Return error. FMUL9 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FDIV SPACE 4,10 ** FDIV - Perform Floating Point Divide * * ENTRY JSR FDIV * FR0 - FR0+5 = dividend * FR1 - FR1+5 = divisor * * EXIT * C clear, if no error * C set, if error * FR0 - FR0+5 = quotient * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FDIV = * ;entry ; Check for zero divisor. LDA FR1 ;divisor exponent BEQ FMUL9 ;if divisor exponent zero, error ; Check for zero dividend. LDA FR0 ;dividend exponent BEQ FMUL8 ;if dividend exponent zero, result is zero JSR SUE ;set up exponent SEC SBC FR1 ;subtract divisor exponent CLC ADC #$40 ;add bias BMI FMUL9 ;if overflow, error JSR SUP ;set up INC ZTEMP1 ;divide requires extra pass JMP FDIV3 ;skip shift ; Shift FR0/FRE left one byte. FDIV1 LDX #0 ;offset to first byte to shift FDIV2 LDA FR0+1,X ;byte to shift STA FR0,X ;byte of destination INX CPX #FMPREC*2+2 ;number of bytes to shift BNE FDIV2 ;if not done ; Subtract 2 times divisor from dividend. FDIV3 LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte SEC SED FDIV4 LDA FRE,Y ;byte of dividend SBC FR2,Y ;subtract byte of 2*divisor STA FRE,Y ;update byte of dividend DEY BPL FDIV4 ;if not done CLD BCC FDIV5 ;if difference < 0 INC QTEMP ;increment BNE FDIV3 ;continue ; Adjust. FDIV5 JSR FRA2E ;add FR2 to FR0 ; Shift last byte of quotient left one digit. ASL QTEMP ASL QTEMP ASL QTEMP ASL QTEMP ; Subtract divisor from dividend. FDIV6 LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte SEC SED FDIV7 LDA FRE,Y ;byte of dividend SBC FR1,Y ;subtract byte of divisor STA FRE,Y ;update byte of dividend DEY BPL FDIV7 ;if not done CLD BCC FDIV8 ;if difference < 0 INC QTEMP ;increment BNE FDIV6 ;continue ; Adjust. FDIV8 JSR FRA1E ;add FR1 to FR0 DEC ZTEMP1 ;decrement BNE FDIV1 ;if not done ; Clear exponent. JSR S0ER ;shift FR0/FRE right ; Exit. JMP FMUL6 SPACE 4,10 ** GNC - Get Next Character * * ENTRY JSR GNC * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset to character * * EXIT * C set, if character not numeric * A = non-numeric character * C clear, if character numeric * CIX = offset to next character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GNC = * ;entry JSR TNC ;test for numeric character LDY CIX ;offset BCC ICX ;if numeric, increment offset, return LDA (INBUFF),Y ;character ; JMP ICX ;increment offset, return SPACE 4,10 ** ICX - Increment Character Offset * * ENTRY JSR ICX * Y = offset * * EXIT * CIX = offset to next character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICX = * ;entry INY ;increment offset STY CIX ;offset RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SLB - Skip Leading Blanks * * ENTRY JSR SLB * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset * * EXIT * CIX = offset to first non-blank character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SLB = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY CIX ;offset to character LDA #' ' ; Search for first non-blank character. SLB1 CMP (INBUFF),Y ;character BNE SLB2 ;if non-blank character INY BNE SLB1 ;if not done ; Exit. SLB2 STY CIX ;offset to first non-blank character RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TNC - Test for Numeric Character * * ENTRY JSR TNC * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * CIX = offset * * EXIT * C set, if numeric * C clear if non-numeric * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TNC = * ;entry LDY CIX ;offset LDA (INBUFF),Y ;character SEC SBC #'0' BCC TVN2 ;if < "0", return failure CMP #'9'-'0'+1 ;return success or failure RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TVN - Test for Valid Number Character * * ENTRY JSR TVN * * EXIT * C set, if not number * C clear, if number * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by BCC TVN5. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TVN = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA CIX ;offset PHA ;save offset ; Check next character. JSR GNC ;get next character BCC TVN5 ;if numeric, return success CMP #'.' BEQ TVN4 ;if ".", check next character CMP #'+' BEQ TVN3 ;if "+", check next character CMP #'-' BEQ TVN3 ;if "-", check next character ; Clean stack. TVN1 PLA ;clean stack ; Return failure. TVN2 SEC ;indicate failure RTS ;return ; Check character after "+" or "-". TVN3 JSR GNC ;get next character BCC TVN5 ;if numeric, return success CMP #'.' BNE TVN1 ;if not ".", return failure ; Check character after ".". TVN4 JSR GNC ;get next character BCC TVN5 ;if numeric, return success BCS TVN1 ;return failure ; Return success. TVN5 PLA ;saved offset STA CIX ;restore offset CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** S2L - Shift FR2 Left One Digit * * ENTRY JSR S2L * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S2L = * ;entry LDX #FR2+1 ;indicate shift of FR2 mantissa BNE SML ;shift mantissa left 1 digit, return SPACE 4,10 ** S0L - Shift FR0 Left One Digit * * ENTRY JSR S0L * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S0L = * ;entry LDX #FR0M ;indicate shift of FR0 mantissa ; JMP SML ;shift mantissa left 1 digit, return SPACE 4,10 ** SML - Shift Mantissa Left One Digit * * ENTRY JSR SML * * EXIT * FRX = excess digit * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SML = * ;entry LDY #4 ;number of bits to shift SML2 CLC ROL $0004,X ;shift 5th byte left 1 bit ROL $0003,X ;shift 4th byte left 1 bit ROL $0002,X ;shift 3rd byte left 1 bit ROL $0001,X ;shift 2nd byte left 1 bit ROL $0000,X ;shift 1st byte left 1 bit ROL FRX ;shift excess digit left 1 bit DEY BNE SML2 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** NORM - Normalize FR0 * * ENTRY JSR NORM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 NORM = * ;entry LDX #0 STX FRE ;byte to shift in ; JMP N0E ;normalize FR0/FRE, return SPACE 4,10 ** N0E - Normalize FR0/FRE * * ENTRY JSR N0E * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 N0E = * ;entry LDX #FMPREC-1 ;mantissa size LDA FR0 ;exponent BEQ N0E5 ;if exponent zero, number is zero N0E1 LDA FR0M ;first byte of mantissa BNE N0E3 ;if not zero, no shift ; Shift mantissa left 1 byte. LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of mantissa N0E2 LDA FR0M+1,Y ;byte to shift STA FR0M,Y ;byte of destination INY CPY #FMPREC ;size of mantissa BCC N0E2 ;if not done ; Decrement exponent and check for completion. DEC FR0 ;decrement exponent DEX BNE N0E1 ;if not done ; Check first byte of mantissa. LDA FR0M ;first byte of mantissa BNE N0E3 ;if mantissa not zero ; Zero exponent. STA FR0 ;zero exponent CLC RTS ;return ; Check for overflow. N0E3 LDA FR0 ;exponent AND #$7F ;clear sign CMP #$40+49 ;bias+49 BCC N0E4 ;if exponent < 49, no overflow ; Return error. ; SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return ; Check for underflow. N0E4 CMP #$40-49 BCS N0E5 ;if exponent >= -49, no underflow ; Zero result. JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 ; Exit. N0E5 CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** S0R - Shift FR0 Right * * ENTRY JSR S0R * A = shift count * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S0R = * ;entry LDX #FR0 ;indicate shift of FR0 BNE SRR ;shift register right, return SPACE 4,10 ** S1R - Shift FR1 Right * * ENTRY JSR S1R * A = shift count * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S1R = * ;entry LDX #FR1 ;indicate shift of FR1 ; JMP SRR ;shift register right, return SPACE 4,10 ** SRR - Shift Register Right * * ENTRY JSR SRR * X = offset to register * A = shift count * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SRR = * ;entry STX ZTEMP3 ;register STA ZTEMP4 ;shift count STA ZTEMP4+1 ;save shift count SRR1 LDY #FMPREC-1 ;mantissa size-1 SRR2 LDA $0004,X ;byte to shift STA $0005,X ;byte of destination DEX DEY BNE SRR2 ;if not done LDA #0 STA $0005,X ;first byte of mantissa LDX ZTEMP3 ;register DEC ZTEMP4 ;decrement shift count BNE SRR1 ;if not done ; Adjust exponent. LDA $0000,X ;exponent CLC ADC ZTEMP4+1 ;subtract shift count STA $0000,X ;update exponent RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** S0ER - Shift FR0/FRE Right * * ENTRY JSR S0ER * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 S0ER = * ;entry LDX #FMPREC*2 ;number of bytes to shift S0ER1 LDA FR0,X ;byte to shift STA FR0+1,X ;byte of destination DEX BPL S0ER1 ;if not done LDA #0 STA FR0 ;shift in 0 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** C0A - Convert FR0 to ASCII * * ENTRY JSR C0A * A = decimal point position * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 C0A = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA ZTEMP4 ;decimal point position counter LDX #0 ;offset to first byte of FR0M LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of LBUF ; Convert next byte. C0A1 JSR TDP ;test for decimal point SEC SBC #1 ;decrement deciaml point position STA ZTEMP4 ;update deciaml point position counter ; Convert first digit of next byte. LDA FR0M,X ;byte LSR A LSR A LSR A LSR A ;first digit JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer ; Convert second digit of next byte. LDA FR0M,X ;byte AND #$0F ;extract second digit JSR SNL ;store number in line buffer INX CPX #FMPREC ;nuber of bytes BCC C0A1 ;if not done ; Exit. ; JMP TDP ;test for decimal point, return SPACE 4,10 ** TDP - Test for Decimal Point * * ENTRY JSR TDP * ZTEMP4 = decimal point position counter * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TDP = * ;entry ; Check decimal point position counter. LDA ZTEMP4 ;decimal point position counter BNE TDP1 ;if not decimal point position, exit ; Insert decimal point. LDA #'.' JSR SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer ; Exit. TDP1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SNL - Store Number in Line Buffer * * ENTRY JSR SNL * A = digit to store * Y = offset * * EXIT * ASCII digit placed in line buffer * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SNL = * ;entry ORA #$30 ;convert digit to ASCII ; JMP SAL ;store ASCII character in line buffer, return SPACE 4,10 ** SAL - Store ASCII Character in Line Buffer * * ENTRY JSR SAL * Y = offset * A = character * * EXIT * Character placed in line buffer * Y = incremented offset * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SAL = * ;entry STA LBUFF,Y ;store character in line buffer INY ;increment offset RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** FNZ - Find Last Non-zero Character in Line Buffer * * FNZ returns the last non-zero character. If the last * non-zero character is ".", FNZ returns the character * preceding the ".". If no other non-zero character is * encountered, FNZ returns the first character. * * ENTRY JSR FNZ * * EXIT * A = character * X = offset to character * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FNZ = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #10 ;offset to last possible character ; Check next character. FNZ1 LDA LBUFF,X ;character CMP #'.' BEQ FNZ2 ;if ".", return preceding character CMP #'0' BNE FNZ3 ;if not "0", exit ; Decrement offset and check for completion. DEX BNE FNZ1 ;if not done ; Return character preceding "." or first character. FNZ2 DEX ;offset to character LDA LBUFF,X ;character ; Exit. FNZ3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** GND - Get Next Digit * * ENTRY JSR GND * FR0 - FR0+5 = number * * EXIT * A = digit * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GND = * ;entry JSR S0L ;shift FR0 left 1 digit LDA FRX ;excess digit AND #$0F ;extract low order digit RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DLP - Decrement Line Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR DLP * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = line buffer pointer * * EXIT * INBUFF - INBUFF+1 = incremented line buffer pointer * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLP = * ;entry SEC LDA INBUFF ;line buffer pointer SBC #1 ;subtract 1 STA INBUFF ;update line buffer pointer LDA INBUFF+1 SBC #0 STA INBUFF+1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SUE - Set Up Exponent for Multiply or Divide * * ENTRY JSR SUE * * EXIT * A = FR0 exponent (without sign) * FR1 = FR1 exponent (without sign) * FRSIGN = sign of result * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SUE = * ;entry LDA FR0 ;FR0 exponent EOR FR1 ;EOR with FR1 exponent AND #$80 ;extract sign STA FRSIGN ;sign of result ASL FR1 ;shift out FR1 sign LSR FR1 ;FR1 exponent without sign LDA FR0 ;FR0 exponent AND #$7F ;FR0 exponent without sign RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SUP - Set Up for Multiply or Divide * * ENTRY JSR SUP * A = exponent * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SUP = * ;entry ORA FRSIGN ;place sign in exponent STA EEXP ;exponent LDA #0 STA FR0 ;clear FR0 exponent STA FR1 ;clear FR0 exponent JSR M12 ;move FR1 to FR2 JSR S2L ;shift FR2 left 1 digit LDA FRX ;excess digit AND #$0F ;extract low order digit STA FR2 ;shift in low order digit LDA #FMPREC ;mantissa size STA ZTEMP1 ;mantissa size JSR M0E ;move FR0 to FRE JSR ZFR0 ;zero FR0 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** FRA10 - Add FR1 to FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FRA10 * FR0 - FR0+5 = augend * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA10 = * ;entry LDX #FR0+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR0 BNE F1R SPACE 4,10 ** FRA20 - Add FR2 to FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FRA20 * FR0 - FR0+5 = augend * FR2 - FR2+5 = addend * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA20 = * ;entry LDX #FR0+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR0 BNE F2R SPACE 4,10 ** FRA1E - Add FR1 to FRE * * ENTRY JSR FRA1E * FRE - FRE+5 = augend * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * FRE - FRE+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA1E = * ;entry LDX #FRE+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FRE ; JMP F1R ;add FR1 to register, return SPACE 4,10 ** F1R - Add FR1 to Register * * ENTRY JSR F1R * X = offset to last byte of augend register * FR1 - FR1+5 = addend * * EXIT * Sum in augend register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 F1R = * ;entry LDY #FR1+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR1 BNE FARR SPACE 4,10 ** FRA2E - Add FR2 to FRE * * ENTRY JSR FRA2E * FRE - FRE+5 = augend * FR2 - FR2+5 = addend * * EXIT * FRE - FRE+5 = sum * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FRA2E = * ;entry LDX #FRE+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FRE ; JMP F2R SPACE 4,10 ** F2R - Add FR2 to Register * * ENTRY JSR F2R * X = offset to last byte of augend register * FR2 - FR2+5 = addend * * EXIT * Sum in augend register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 F2R = * ;entry LDY #FR2+FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of FR2 ; JMP FARR SPACE 4,10 ** FARR - Add Register to Register * * ENTRY JSR FARR * X = offset to last byte of augend register * Y = offset to last byte of addend register * * EXIT * Sum in augend register * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FARR = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #FPREC-1 ;floating point number size-1 STA ZTEMP4 ;byte count CLC SED ; Add. FARR1 LDA $0000,X ;byte of augend ADC $0000,Y ;add byte of addend STA $0000,X ;update byte of augend DEX DEY DEC ZTEMP4 ;decrement byte count BPL FARR1 ;if not done ; Exit. CLD RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** M12 - Move FR1 to FR2 * * ENTRY JSR M12 * FR1 - FR1+5 = number to move * * EXIT * FR2 - FR2+5 = moved number * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 M12 = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte M121 LDA FR1,Y ;byte of source STA FR2,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL M121 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** M0E - Move FR0 to FRE * * ENTRY JSR M0E * FR0 - FR0+5 = number to move * * EXIT * FRE - FRE+5 = moved number * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 M0E = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte M0E1 LDA FR0,Y ;byte of source STA FRE,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL M0E1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX PLYEVL SPACE 4,10 ** PLYEVL - Evaluate Polynomial * * Y = A(0)+A(1)*X+A(2)*X^2+...+A(N)*X^N * * ENTRY JSR PLYEVL * X = low address of coefficient table * Y = high address of coefficient table * FR0 - FR0+5 = X argument * A = N+1 * * EXIT * FR0 - FR0+5 = Y result * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;PLYEVL = * ;entry STX FPTR2 ;save pointer to coefficients STY FPTR2+1 STA PLYCNT ;degree LDX #low PLYARG LDY #high PLYARG JSR FST0R ;save argument JSR FMOVE ;move argument to FR1 LDX FPTR2 LDY FPTR2+1 JSR FLD0R ;initialize sum in FR0 DEC PLYCNT ;decrement degree BEQ PLY3 ;if complete, exit PLY1 JSR FMUL ;argument times current sum BCS PLY3 ;if overflow CLC LDA FPTR2 ;current low coefficient address ADC #FPREC ;add floating point number size STA FPTR2 ;update low coefficient address BCC PLY2 ;if no carry LDA FPTR2+1 ;current high coefficceint address ADC #0 ;adjust high coefficient address STA FPTR2+1 ;update high coefficient address PLY2 LDX FPTR2 ;low coefficient address LDY FPTR2+1 ;high coefficient address JSR FLD1R ;get next coefficient JSR FADD ;add coefficient to argument times sum BCS PLY3 ;if overflow DEC PLYCNT ;decrement degree BEQ PLY3 ;if complete, exit LDX #low PLYARG ;low argument address LDY #high PLYARG ;high argument address JSR FLD1R ;get argument BMI PLY1 ;continue PLY3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD0R SPACE 4,10 ** FLD0R - ??? * * ENTRY JSR FLD0R * X = low pointer * Y = high pointer * * EXIT * FR0 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD0R = * ;entry STX FLPTR ;low pointer STY FLPTR+1 ;high pointer ; JMP FLD0P ;load FR0, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD0P SPACE 4,10 ** FLD0P - Load FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FLD0P * FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer * * EXIT * FR0 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD0P = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FLD01 LDA (FLPTR),Y ;byte of source STA FR0,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL FLD01 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD1R SPACE 4,10 ** FLD1R - Load FR1 * * ENTRY JSR FLD1R * X = low pointer * Y = high pointer * * EXIT * FR1 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD1R = * ;entry STX FLPTR ;low pointer STY FLPTR+1 ;high pointer ; JMP FLD1P ;load FR1, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FLD1P SPACE 4,10 ** FLD1P - Load FR1 * * ENTRY JSR FLD1P * FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer * * EXIT * FR1 loaded * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FLD1P = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FLD11 LDA (FLPTR),Y ;byte of source STA FR1,Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL FLD11 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FST0R SPACE 4,10 ** FST0R - Store FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FST0R * FR0 - FR0+5 = number * X = low pointer * Y = high pointer * * EXIT * FR0 stored * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FST0R = * ;entry STX FLPTR ;low pointer STY FLPTR+1 ;high pointer ; JMP FST0P ;???, return SPACE 4,10 FIX FST0P SPACE 4,10 ** FST0P - Store FR0 * * ENTRY JSR FST0P * FR0 - FR0+5 = number * FLPTR - FLPTR+1 = pointer * * EXIT * FR0 stored * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FST0P = * ;entry LDY #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FST01 LDA FR0,Y ;byte of source STA (FLPTR),Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL FST01 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX FMOVE SPACE 4,10 ** FMOVE - Move FR0 to FR1 * * ENTRY JSR FMOVE * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;FMOVE = * ;entry LDX #FPREC-1 ;offset to last byte FMO1 LDA FR0,X ;byte of source STA FR1,X ;byte of destination DEX BPL FMO1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX EXP SPACE 4,10 ** EXP - Compute Power of e * * ENTRY JSR EXP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;EXP = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #low LOG10E ;base 10 logarithm of e LDY #high LOG10E JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 ; Compute X*LOG10(E). JSR FMUL ;multiply BCS EXP6 ;if overflow, error ; Compute result = 10^(X*LOG10(E)). ; JMP EXP10 ;compute power of 10, return SPACE 4,10 FIX EXP10 SPACE 4,10 ** EXP10 - Compute Power of 10 * * ENTRY JSR EXP10 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;EXP10 = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA XFMFLG ;zero integer part LDA FR0 STA SGNFLG ;save argument sign AND #$7F ;extract absolute value STA FR0 ;update argument ; Check for argument less than 1. SEC SBC #$40 ;subtract bias BMI EXP1 ;if argument < 1 ; Extract integer and fractional parts of exponent. CMP #FPREC-2 BPL EXP6 ;if argument too big, error LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FST0R ;save argument JSR FPI ;convert argument to integer LDA FR0 STA XFMFLG ;save interger part LDA FR0+1 ;most significant byte of integer part BNE EXP6 ;if integer part too large, error JSR IFP ;convert integer part to floating point JSR FMOVE ;??? LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FLD0R ;argument JSR FSUB ;subtract to get fractional part ; Compute 10 to fractional exponent. EXP1 LDA #NPCOEF LDX #low P10COF LDY #high P10COF JSR PLYEVL ;P(X) JSR FMOVE JSR FMUL ;P(X)*P(X) ; Check integer part. LDA XFMFLG ;integer part BEQ EXP4 ;if integer part zero ; Compute 10 to integer part. CLC ROR A ;integer part divided by 2 STA FR1 ;exponent LDA #1 ;assume mantissa 1 BCC EXP2 ;if integer part even LDA #$10 ;substitute mantissa 10 EXP2 STA FR1M ;mantissa LDX #FMPREC-1 ;offset to last byte of mantissa LDA #0 EXP3 STA FR1M+1,X ;zero byte of mantissa DEX BPL EXP3 ;if not done LDA FR1 ;exponent CLC ADC #$40 ;add bias BCS EXP6 ;if too big, error BMI EXP6 ;if underflow, error STA FR1 ;10 to integer part ; Compute product of 10 to integer part and 10 to fractional part. JSR FMUL ;multiply to get result ; Invert result if argument < 0. EXP4 LDA SGNFLG ;argument sign BPL EXP5 ;if argument >= 0 JSR FMOVE LDX #low FONE LDY #high FONE JSR FLD0R ;load FR0 JSR FDIV ;divide to get result ; Exit. EXP5 RTS ;return ; Return error. EXP6 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** P10COF - Power of 10 Coefficients P10COF DB $3D,$17,$94,$19,$00,$00 ;0.0000179419 DB $3D,$57,$33,$05,$00,$00 ;0.0000573305 DB $3E,$05,$54,$76,$62,$00 ;0.0005547662 DB $3E,$32,$19,$62,$27,$00 ;0.0032176227 DB $3F,$01,$68,$60,$30,$36 ;0.0168603036 DB $3F,$07,$32,$03,$27,$41 ;0.0732032741 DB $3F,$25,$43,$34,$56,$75 ;0.2543345675 DB $3F,$66,$27,$37,$30,$50 ;0.6627373050 DB $40,$01,$15,$12,$92,$55 ;1.15129255 DB $3F,$99,$99,$99,$99,$99 ;0.9999999999 NPCOEF = [*-P10COF]/FPREC SPACE 4,10 ** LOG10E - Base 10 Logarithm of e LOG10E DB $3F,$43,$42,$94,$48,$19 ;base 10 logarithm of e SPACE 4,10 ** FONE - 1.0 FONE DB $40,$01,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;1.0 SPACE 4,10 ** XFORM - Transform * * Z = (X-C)/(X+C) * * ENTRY JSR XFORM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XFORM = * ;entry STX FPTR2 STY FPTR2+1 LDX #low PLYARG LDY #high PLYARG JSR FST0R ;save argument LDX FPTR2 LDY FPTR2+1 JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 JSR FADD ;X+C LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FST0R ;store FR0 LDX #low PLYARG LDY #high PLYARG JSR FLD0R ;load FR0 LDX FPTR2 LDY FPTR2+1 JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 JSR FSUB ;X-C LDX #low FPSCR LDY #high FPSCR JSR FLD1R ;load FR1 JSR FDIV ;divide to get result RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 FIX LOG SPACE 4,10 ** LOG - Compute Base e Logarithm * * ENTRY JSR LOG * FR0 - FR0+5 = argument * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;LOG = * ;entry LDA #1 ;indicate base e logarithm BNE LOGS ;compute logartihm, return SPACE 4,10 FIX LOG10 SPACE 4,10 ** LOG10 - Compute Base 10 Logarithm * * ENTRY JSR LOG10 * FR0 - FR0+5 = argument * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ;LOG10 = * ;entry LDA #0 ;indicate base 10 logartihm ; JMP LOGS ;compute logarithm, return SPACE 4,10 ** LOGS - Compute Logarithm * * ENTRY JSR LOGS * A = 0, if base 10 logarithm * = 1, if base e logartihm * FR0 - FR0+5 = argument * * EXIT * C set, if error * C clear, if no error * FR0 - FR0+5 = result * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LOGS = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA SGNFLG ;save logarithm base indicator ; Check argument. LDA FR0 ;argument exponent BEQ LOGS1 ;if argument zero, error BMI LOGS1 ;if argument negative, error ; X = F*(10^Y), 1 DB $00,$3C,$66,$0C,$18,$00,$18,$00 ;$1F - ? DB $00,$3C,$66,$6E,$6E,$60,$3E,$00 ;$20 - @ DB $00,$18,$3C,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$00 ;$21 - A DB $00,$7C,$66,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$22 - B DB $00,$3C,$66,$60,$60,$66,$3C,$00 ;$23 - C DB $00,$78,$6C,$66,$66,$6C,$78,$00 ;$24 - D DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$25 - E DB $00,$7E,$60,$7C,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$26 - F DB $00,$3E,$60,$60,$6E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$27 - G DB $00,$66,$66,$7E,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$28 - H DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$00 ;$29 - I DB $00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2A - J DB $00,$66,$6C,$78,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$2B - K DB $00,$60,$60,$60,$60,$60,$7E,$00 ;$2C - L DB $00,$63,$77,$7F,$6B,$63,$63,$00 ;$2D - M DB $00,$66,$76,$7E,$7E,$6E,$66,$00 ;$2E - N DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$2F - O DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60,$00 ;$30 - P DB $00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$6C,$36,$00 ;$31 - Q DB $00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$6C,$66,$00 ;$32 - R DB $00,$3C,$60,$3C,$06,$06,$3C,$00 ;$33 - S DB $00,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$34 - T DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$66,$7E,$00 ;$35 - U DB $00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$36 - V DB $00,$63,$63,$6B,$7F,$77,$63,$00 ;$37 - W DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$3C,$66,$66,$00 ;$38 - X DB $00,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$39 - Y DB $00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$60,$7E,$00 ;$3A - Z DB $00,$1E,$18,$18,$18,$18,$1E,$00 ;$3B - [ DB $00,$40,$60,$30,$18,$0C,$06,$00 ;$3C - \ DB $00,$78,$18,$18,$18,$18,$78,$00 ;$3D - ] DB $00,$08,$1C,$36,$63,$00,$00,$00 ;$3E - ^ DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$00 ;$3F - underline DB $00,$36,$7F,$7F,$3E,$1C,$08,$00 ;$40 - heart card DB $18,$18,$18,$1F,$1F,$18,$18,$18 ;$41 - mid left window DB $03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03,$03 ;$42 - right box DB $18,$18,$18,$F8,$F8,$00,$00,$00 ;$43 - low right window DB $18,$18,$18,$F8,$F8,$18,$18,$18 ;$44 - mid right window DB $00,$00,$00,$F8,$F8,$18,$18,$18 ;$45 - up right window DB $03,$07,$0E,$1C,$38,$70,$E0,$C0 ;$46 - right slant box DB $C0,$E0,$70,$38,$1C,$0E,$07,$03 ;$47 - left slant box DB $01,$03,$07,$0F,$1F,$3F,$7F,$FF ;$48 - right slant solid DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$0F,$0F,$0F,$0F ;$49 - low right solid DB $80,$C0,$E0,$F0,$F8,$FC,$FE,$FF ;$4A - left slant solid DB $0F,$0F,$0F,$0F,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$4B - up right solid DB $F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$4C - up left solid DB $FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00 ;$4D - top box DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF ;$4E - bottom box DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0 ;$4F - low left solid DB $00,$1C,$1C,$77,$77,$08,$1C,$00 ;$50 - club card DB $00,$00,$00,$1F,$1F,$18,$18,$18 ;$51 - up left window DB $00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00 ;$52 - mid box DB $18,$18,$18,$FF,$FF,$18,$18,$18 ;$53 - mid window DB $00,$00,$3C,$7E,$7E,$7E,$3C,$00 ;$54 - solid circle DB $00,$00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$FF,$FF ;$55 - bottom solid DB $C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0,$C0 ;$56 - left box DB $00,$00,$00,$FF,$FF,$18,$18,$18 ;$57 - up mid window DB $18,$18,$18,$FF,$FF,$00,$00,$00 ;$58 - low mid window DB $F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0,$F0 ;$59 - left solid DB $18,$18,$18,$1F,$1F,$00,$00,$00 ;$5A - low left window DB $78,$60,$78,$60,$7E,$18,$1E,$00 ;$5B - display escape DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$5C - up arrow DB $00,$18,$18,$18,$7E,$3C,$18,$00 ;$5D - down arrow DB $00,$18,$30,$7E,$30,$18,$00,$00 ;$5E - left arrow DB $00,$18,$0C,$7E,$0C,$18,$00,$00 ;$5F - right arrow DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$7E,$3C,$18,$00 ;$60 - diamond card DB $00,$00,$3C,$06,$3E,$66,$3E,$00 ;$61 - a DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$00 ;$62 - b DB $00,$00,$3C,$60,$60,$60,$3C,$00 ;$63 - c DB $00,$06,$06,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$64 - d DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$7E,$60,$3C,$00 ;$65 - e DB $00,$0E,$18,$3E,$18,$18,$18,$00 ;$66 - f DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$7C ;$67 - g DB $00,$60,$60,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$68 - h DB $00,$18,$00,$38,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$69 - i DB $00,$06,$00,$06,$06,$06,$06,$3C ;$6A - j DB $00,$60,$60,$6C,$78,$6C,$66,$00 ;$6B - k DB $00,$38,$18,$18,$18,$18,$3C,$00 ;$6C - l DB $00,$00,$66,$7F,$7F,$6B,$63,$00 ;$6D - m DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$66,$66,$00 ;$6E - n DB $00,$00,$3C,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$00 ;$6F - o DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$66,$7C,$60,$60 ;$70 - p DB $00,$00,$3E,$66,$66,$3E,$06,$06 ;$71 - q DB $00,$00,$7C,$66,$60,$60,$60,$00 ;$72 - r DB $00,$00,$3E,$60,$3C,$06,$7C,$00 ;$73 - s DB $00,$18,$7E,$18,$18,$18,$0E,$00 ;$74 - t DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$00 ;$75 - u DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3C,$18,$00 ;$76 - v DB $00,$00,$63,$6B,$7F,$3E,$36,$00 ;$77 - w DB $00,$00,$66,$3C,$18,$3C,$66,$00 ;$78 - x DB $00,$00,$66,$66,$66,$3E,$0C,$78 ;$79 - y DB $00,$00,$7E,$0C,$18,$30,$7E,$00 ;$7A - z DB $00,$18,$3C,$7E,$7E,$18,$3C,$00 ;$7B - spade card DB $18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18,$18 ;$7C - | DB $00,$7E,$78,$7C,$6E,$66,$06,$00 ;$7D - display clear DB $08,$18,$38,$78,$38,$18,$08,$00 ;$7E - display backspace DB $10,$18,$1C,$1E,$1C,$18,$10,$00 ;$7F - display tab SUBTTL 'Device Handler Vector Tables' SPACE 4,10 FIX EDITRV SPACE 4,10 ** EDITRV - Editor Handler Vector Table DW EOP-1 ;perform editor OPEN DW ECL-1 ;perform editor CLOSE DW EGB-1 ;perform editor GET-BYTE DW EPB-1 ;perform editor PUT-BYTE DW SST-1 ;perform editor STATUS (screen STAT: DW ESP-1 ;perform editor SPECIAL JMP SIN ;initialize editor (initialize scre: DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX SCRENV SPACE 4,10 ** SCRENV - Screen Handler Vector Table DW SOP-1 ;perform screen OPEN DW ECL-1 ;perform screen CLOSE (editor CLOSE: DW SGB-1 ;perform screen GET-BYTE DW SPB-1 ;perform screen PUT-BYTE DW SST-1 ;perform screen STATUS DW SSP-1 ;perform screen SPECIAL JMP SIN ;initialize screen DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX KEYBDV SPACE 4,10 ** KEYBDV - Keyboard Handler Vector Table DW SST-1 ;perform keyboard OPEN (screen STAT: DW SST-1 ;perform keyboard CLOSE (screen STA: DW KGB-1 ;perform keyboard GET-BYTE DW ESP-1 ;perform keyboard SPECIAL (editor S: DW SST-1 ;perform keyboard STATUS (screen ST: DW ESP-1 ;perform keyboard SPECIAL (editor S: JMP SIN ;initialize keyboard (initialize sc: DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX PRINTV SPACE 4,10 ** PRINTV - Printer Handler Vector Table DW POP-1 ;perform printer OPEN DW PCL-1 ;perform printer CLOSE DW PSP-1 ;perform printer SPECIAL DW PPB-1 ;perform printer PUT-BYTE DW PST-1 ;perform printer STATUS DW PSP-1 ;perform printer SPECIAL JMP PIN ;initialize printer DB 0 ;reserved SPACE 4,10 FIX CASETV SPACE 4,10 ** CASETV - Cassette Handler Vector Table DW COP-1 ;perform cassette OPEN DW CCL-1 ;perform cassette CLOSE DW CGB-1 ;perform cassette GET-BYTE DW CPB-1 ;perform cassette PUT-BYTE DW CST-1 ;perform cassette STATUS DW CSP-1 ;perform cassette SPECIAL JMP CIN ;initialize cassette DB 0 ;reserved SUBTTL 'Jump Vectors' SPACE 4,10 ** Jump Vectors FIX DINITV JMP IDIO ;initialize DIO FIX DSKINV JMP DIO ;perform DIO FIX CIOV JMP CIO ;perform CIO FIX SIOV JMP PIO ;perform PIO FIX SETVBV JMP SVP ;set VBLANK parameters FIX SYSVBV JMP IVNM ;process immediate VBLANK NMI FIX XITVBV JMP DVNM ;process deferred VBLANK NMI FIX SIOINV JMP ISIO ;initialize SIO FIX SENDEV JMP ESS ;enable SIO SEND FIX INTINV JMP IIH ;initialize interrupt handler FIX CIOINV JMP ICIO ;initialize CIO FIX BLKBDV JMP PPD ;perform power-up display FIX WARMSV JMP PWS ;perform warmstart FIX COLDSV JMP PCS ;perform coldstart FIX RBLOKV JMP RCB ;read cassette block FIX CSOPIV JMP OCI ;open cassette for input FIX PUPDIV JMP PPD ;perform power-up display FIX SLFTSV JMP STH ;self-test hardware FIX PHENTV JMP PHE ;perform peripheral handler entry FIX PHUNLV JMP PHU ;perform peripheral handler unlinking FIX PHINIV JMP PHI ;perform peripheral handler initialization SUBTTL 'Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table' SPACE 4,10 FIX GPDVV SPACE 4,10 ** GPDVV - Generic Parallel Device Handler Vector Table DW GOP-1 ;perform generic parallel device OPEN DW GCL-1 ;perform generic parallel device CLOSE DW GGB-1 ;perform generic parallel device GET-BYTE DW GPB-1 ;perform generic parallel device PUT-BYTE DW GST-1 ;perform generic parallel device STATUS DW GSP-1 ;perform generic parallel device SPECIAL JMP GIN ;initialize generic parallel device SUBTTL '$E4C0 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $E4C0 SPACE 4,10 ** E4C0 - $E4C0 Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, return. RTS ;return SUBTTL 'Central Input/Output' SPACE 4,10 ** ICIO - Initialize CIO * * ENTRY JSR ICIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICIO = * ;entry ; Initialize IOCB's. LDX #0 ;index of first IOCB ICIO1 LDA #IOCFRE ;IOCB free indicator STA ICHID,X ;set IOCB free LDA #low [IIN-1] STA ICPTL,X ;initialize PUT-BYTE routine address LDA #high [IIN-1] STA ICPTH,X TXA ;index of current IOCB CLC ADC #IOCBSZ ;add IOCB size TAX ;index of next IOCB CMP #MAXIOC ;index of first invalid IOCB BCC ICIO1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IIN - Indicate IOCB Not Open Error * * ENTRY JSR IIN * * EXIT * Y = IOCB Not Open error code * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIN = * ;entry LDY #NOTOPN ;IOCB not open error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CIO - Central Input/Output * * ENTRY JSR CIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIO = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA CIOCHR ;save possible output byte value STX ICIDNO ;save IOCB index ; Check IOCB index validity. TXA ;IOCB index AND #$0F ;index modulo 16 BNE CIO1 ;if IOCB not multiple of 16, error CPX #MAXIOC ;index of first invalid IOCB BCC CIO2 ;if index within range ; Indicate Invalid IOCB Index error. CIO1 LDY #BADIOC ;invalid IOCB index error JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Move part of IOCB to zero page IOCB. CIO2 LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page zero IOCB CIO3 LDA IOCB,X ;byte of IOCB STA IOCBAS,Y ;byte of zero page IOCB INX INY CPY #ICSPRZ-IOCBAS ;offset to first undesired byte BCC CIO3 ;if not done ; Check for provisionally open IOCB. LDA ICHIDZ ;handler ID CMP #$7F ;provisionally open indicator BNE PCC ;if not provisionally open, perform: ; Check for CLOSE command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command CMP #CLOSE BEQ XCL ;if CLOSE command ; Check handler load flag. LDA HNDLOD BNE LHO ;if handler load desired ; Indicate nonexistent device error. ; JMP IND ;indicate nonexistent device error,: SPACE 4,10 ** IND - Indicate Nonexistent Device Error * * ENTRY JSR IND * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IND = * ;entry LDY #NONDEV ;nonexistent device error IND1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation,: SPACE 4,10 ** LHO - Load Peripheral Handler for OPEN * * ENTRY JSR LHO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LHO = * ;entry JSR PHL ;load and initialize peripheral han: BMI IND1 ;if error ; JMP PCC ;perform CIO command, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCC - Perform CIO Command * * ENTRY JSR PCC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCC = * ;entry ; Check command validity. LDY #NVALID ;assume invalid code LDA ICCOMZ ;command CMP #OPEN ;first valid command BCC XOP1 ;if command invalid TAY ;command CPY #SPECIL ;last valid command BCC PCC1 ;if valid LDY #SPECIL ;substitute SPECIAL command ; Obtain vector offset. PCC1 STY ICCOMT ;save command LDA TCVO-3,Y ;vector offset for command BEQ XOP ;if OPEN command, process ; Perform command. CMP #2 BEQ XCL ;if CLOSE command, process CMP #8 BCS XSS ;if STATUS or SPECIAL command, process CMP #4 BEQ XGT ;if GET command, process JMP XPT ;process PUT command, process SPACE 4,10 ** XOP - Execute OPEN Command * * ENTRY JSR XOP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XOP = * ;entry ; Check IOCB free. LDA ICHIDZ ;handler ID CMP #IOCFRE ;IOCB free indicator BEQ XOP2 ;if IOCB free ; Process error. LDY #PRVOPN ;IOCB previously open error XOP1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Check handler load. XOP2 LDA HNDLOD BNE PPO ;if user wants unconditional poll ; Search handler table. JSR SHT ;search handler table BCS PPO ;if not found, poll ; Initialize status. LDA #0 STA DVSTAT ;clear status STA DVSTAT+1 ; Initialize IOCB. ; JMP IIO ;initialize IOCB for OPEN, return SPACE 4,10 ** IIO - Initialize IOCB for OPEN * * ENTRY JSR IIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IIO = * ;entry ; Compute handler entry point. JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XOP1 ;if error ; Execute command. JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Set PUT-BYTE routine address in IOCB. LDA #PUTCHR STA ICCOMT ;command JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point LDA ICSPRZ ;PUT-BYTE routine address STA ICPTLZ ;IOCB PUT-BYTE routine address LDA ICSPRZ+1 STA ICPTHZ JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** PPO - Peripheral for OPEN * * ENTRY JSR PPO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPO = * ;entry JSR PHO ;poll JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation,: SPACE 4,10 ** XCL - Execute CLOSE Command * * ENTRY JSR XCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XCL = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY #SUCCES ;assume success STY ICSTAZ ;status JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XCL1 ;if error ; Execute command. JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Close IOCB. XCL1 LDA #IOCFRE ;IOCB free indicator STA ICHIDZ ;indicate IOCB free LDA #high [IIN-1] STA ICPTHZ ;reset initial PUT-BYTE routine address LDA #low [IIN-1] STA ICPTLZ JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** XSS - Execute STATUS and SPECIAL Commands * * ???word about implicit OPEN and CLOSE. * * ENTRY JSR XSS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XSS = * ;entry ; Check IOCB free. LDA ICHIDZ ;handler ID CMP #IOCFRE BNE XSS1 ;if IOCB not free ; Open IOCB. JSR SHT ;search handler table BCS XOP1 ;if error ; Execute command. XSS1 JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Restore handler ID, in case IOCB implicitly opened. LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index LDA ICHID,X ;original handler ID STA ICHIDZ ;restore zero page handler ID JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** XGT - Execute GET Command * * ENTRY JSR XGT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XGT = * ;entry ; Check GET validity. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND ICAX1Z ;??? BNE XGT2 ;if GET command valid ; Process error. LDY #WRONLY ;IOCB opened for write only error XGT1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Compute and check handler entry point. XGT2 JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XGT1 ;if error ; Check buffer length. LDA ICBLLZ ;buffer length ORA ICBLLZ+1 BNE XGT3 ;if buffer length non-zero ; Get byte. JSR EHC ;execute handler command STA CIOCHR ;data JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return ; Fill buffer. XGT3 JSR EHC ;execute handler command STA CIOCHR ;data BMI XGT7 ;if error, end transfer LDY #0 STA (ICBALZ),Y ;byte of buffer JSR IBP ;increment buffer pointer LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XGT4 ;if GET RECORD command ; Check for EOL. LDA CIOCHR ;data CMP #EOL BNE XGT4 ;if not EOL ; Process EOL. JSR DBL ;decrement buffer length JMP XGT7 ;clean up ; Check buffer full. XGT4 JSR DBL ;decrement buffer length BNE XGT3 ;if buffer not full, continue ; Check command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XGT7 ;if GET CHARACTER command, clean up ; Process GET RECORD. XGT5 JSR EHC ;execute handler command STA CIOCHR ;data BMI XGT6 ;if error ; Check for EOL. LDA CIOCHR ;data CMP #EOL BNE XGT5 ;if not EOL, continue ; Process end of record. LDA #TRNRCD ;truncated record error STA ICSTAZ ;status ; Process error. XGT6 JSR DBP ;decrement buffer pointer LDY #0 LDA #EOL STA (ICBALZ),Y ;set EOL in buffer JSR IBP ;increment buffer pointer ; Clean up. XGT7 JSR SFL ;set final buffer length JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** XPT - Execute PUT Command * * ENTRY JSR XPT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 XPT = * ;entry ; Check PUT validity. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND ICAX1Z BNE XPT2 ;if PUT command valid ; Process error. LDY #RDONLY ;IOCB opened for read only error XPT1 JMP SSC ;set status and complete operation, return ; Compute and check handler entry point. XPT2 JSR CEP ;compute handler entry point BCS XPT1 ;if error ; Check buffer length. LDA ICBLLZ ;buffer length ORA ICBLLZ+1 BNE XPT3 ;if buffer length non-zero ; Put byte. LDA CIOCHR ;data INC ICBLLZ ;set buffer length to 1 BNE XPT4 ;transfer one byte ; Transfer data from buffer to handler. XPT3 LDY #0 LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;byte from buffer STA CIOCHR ;data XPT4 JSR EHC ;execute handler command PHP ;save status JSR IBP ;increment buffer pointer JSR DBL ;decrement buffer length PLP ;status BMI XPT6 ;if error ; Check command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XPT5 ;if PUT RECORD command ; Check for EOL. LDA CIOCHR ;data CMP #EOL BEQ XPT6 ;if EOL, clean up ; Check for buffer empty. XPT5 LDA ICBLLZ ;buffer length ORA ICBLLZ+1 BNE XPT3 ;if buffer not empty, continue ; Check command. LDA ICCOMZ ;command AND #$02 BNE XPT6 ;if PUT CHARACTER command ; Write EOL. LDA #EOL JSR EHC ;execute handler command ; Clean up. XPT6 JSR SFL ;set final buffer length JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** SSC - Set Status and Complete Operation * * ENTRY JSR SSC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSC = * ;entry STY ICSTAZ ;status ; JMP CCO ;complete CIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** CCO - Complete CIO Operation * * ENTRY JSR CCO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCO = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY ICIDNO ;IOCB index ; Restore buffer pointer. LDA ICBAL,Y STA ICBALZ ;restore buffer pointer LDA ICBAH,Y STA ICBAHZ ; Move part of zero page IOCB to IOCB. LDX #0 ;first byte of zero page IOCB STX HNDLOD CCO1 LDA IOCBAS,X ;byte of zero page IOCB STA IOCB,Y ;byte of IOCB INX INY CPX #ICSPRZ-IOCBAS ;offset to first undesired byte BCC CCO1 ;if not done ; Restore A, X and Y. LDA CIOCHR ;data LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index LDY ICSTAZ ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CEP - Compute Handler Entry Point * * ENTRY JSR CEP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CEP = * ;entry ; Check handler ID validity. LDY ICHIDZ ;handler ID CPY #MAXDEV+1 ;first invalid ID BCC CEP1 ;if handler ID within range ; Process error. LDY #NOTOPN ;IOCB not open error BCS CEP2 ;return ; Compute entry point. CEP1 LDA HATABS+1,Y ;low address STA ICSPRZ LDA HATABS+2,Y ;high address STA ICSPRZ+1 LDY ICCOMT ;command LDA TCVO-3,Y ;vector offset for command TAY LDA (ICSPRZ),Y ;low vector address TAX ;low vector address INY LDA (ICSPRZ),Y ;high vector address STA ICSPRZ+1 ;set high address STX ICSPRZ ;set low address CLC ;indicate success ; Exit. CEP2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DBL - Decrement Buffer Length * * ENTRY JSR DBL * * EXIT * Z set if buffer length = 0 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBL = * ;entry LDA ICBLLZ ;low buffer length BNE DBL1 ;if low buffer length non-zero DEC ICBLLZ+1 ;decrement high buffer length DBL1 DEC ICBLLZ ;decrement low buffer length LDA ICBLLZ ORA ICBLLZ+1 ;indicate buffer length status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DBP - Decrement Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR DBP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBP = * ;entry LDA ICBALZ ;low buffer address BNE DBP1 ;if low buffer address non-zero DEC ICBALZ+1 ;decrement high buffer address DBP1 DEC ICBALZ ;decrement low buffer address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IBP - Increment Buffer Pointer * * ENTRY JSR IBP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IBP = * ;entry INC ICBALZ ;increment low buffer address BNE IBP1 ;if low buffer address non-zero INC ICBALZ+1 ;increment high buffer address IBP1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SFL - Set Final Buffer Length * * ENTRY JSR SFL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SFL = * ;entry LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index SEC LDA ICBLL,X ;initial length SBC ICBLLZ ;subtract byte count STA ICBLLZ ;update length LDA ICBLH,X SBC ICBLLZ+1 STA ICBLHZ RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** EHC - Execute Handler Command * * ENTRY JSR EHC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EHC = * ;entry LDY #FNCNOT ;assume function not defined error JSR IDH ;invoke device handler STY ICSTAZ ;status CPY #0 ;set N accordingly RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IDH - Invoke Device Handler * * ENTRY JSR IDH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IDH = * ;entry TAX ;save A LDA ICSPRZ+1 ;high vector PHA ;put high vector on stack LDA ICSPRZ ;low vector PHA ;put low vector on stack TXA ;restore A LDX ICIDNO ;IOCB index RTS ;invoke handler (address on stack) SPACE 4,10 ** SHT - Search Handler Table * * ENTRY JSR SHT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SHT = * ;entry ; Set device number. SEC LDY #1 LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;device number SBC #'1' BMI SHT1 ;if number less than "1" CMP #'9'-'1'+1 BCC SHT2 ;if number in range "1" to "9" SHT1 LDA #0 ;substitute device number "1" SHT2 STA ICDNOZ ;device number (0 through 8) INC ICDNOZ ;adjust number to range 1 t: ; Find device handler. LDY #0 ;offset to device code LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;device code ; JMP FDH ;find device handler, return SPACE 4,10 ** FDH - Find Device Handler * * ENTRY JSR FDH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FDH = * ;entry ; Check device code. BEQ FDH2 ;if device code null ; Search handler table for device. LDY #MAXDEV ;offset to last possible entry FDH1 CMP HATABS,Y ;device code from table BEQ FDH3 ;if device found DEY DEY DEY BPL FDH1 ;if not done ; Process device not found. FDH2 LDY #NONDEV ;nonexistent device error SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return ; Set handler ID. FDH3 TYA ;offset to device code in table STA ICHIDZ ;set handler ID CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TCVO - Table of Command Vector Offsets * * Entry n is the vector offset for command n+3. TCVO DB 0 ;3 - open DB 4 ;4 DB 4 ;5 - get record DB 4 ;6 DB 4 ;7 - get byte(s) DB 6 ;8 DB 6 ;9 - put record DB 6 ;10 DB 6 ;11 - put byte(s) DB 2 ;12 - close DB 8 ;13 - status DB 10 ;14 - special SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 3' SPACE 4,10 ** PHR - Perform Peripheral Handler Loading Initializa: * * * Performs Power-up Polling, with Handler loading a: * and Initialization; * * Performs System Reset Re-initialization of all ha: * * Input Parameters: * WARMST (used to distinguish Cold and Warm Start). * * Output Parameters: * None. * * Modified: * Registers are not saved; * All kinds of side effects when any handler is loade: * (potentially MEMLO, DVSTAT thru DVSTAT+3, the DCB, * CHLINK, ZCHAIN, TEMP1, TEMP2, TEMP3. This list m: * not be complete.). * * ENTRY JSR PHR * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHR = * ;entry ; Check for coldstart. LDA WARMST ;warmstart flag BEQ PHR2 ;if coldstart ; Process warmstart. LDA #low [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN LDA #high [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN+1 ; Check next link. PHR1 LDY #18 ;offset to link CLC LDA (ZCHAIN),y ;low link TAX INY ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link BEQ PHR4 ;if forward link null ; Re-initialize peripheral handler. LDA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link STA ZCHAIN+1 STX ZCHAIN JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table BNE PHR4 ;if checksum bad JSR PHW ;re-initialize peripheral h: BCS PHR4 ;if error ; Continue with next handler. BCC PHR1 ;continue with next handler ; Process coldstart. PHR2 LDA #0 STA CHLINK ;clear chain link STA CHLINK+1 LDA #$4F ;send POLL RESET poll BNE PHR7 ; Perform type 3 poll. PHR3 LDA #0 TAY JSR PHP BPL PHR5 ;if poll answered ; Exit. PHR4 RTS ;return ; Process answered poll. PHR5 CLC LDA MEMLO ADC DVSTAT STA TEMP1 LDA MEMLO+1 ADC DVSTAT+1 STA TEMP1+1 ;(TEMP2 := MEMLO + handler : SEC LDA MEMTOP SBC TEMP1 LDA MEMTOP+1 SBC TEMP1+1 ;(subtract MEMTOP) BCS PHR8 ;if room to load ; Prepare for another poll. PHR6 LDA #$4E ;following any load or init: ;prepare for another Type 3: ;sending a "special" load c: ;serial port. ; Poll. PHR7 TAY ;Send either "special" load: JSR PHP JMP PHR3 ;go poll again ; Load peripheral handler. PHR8 LDA DVSTAT+2 ;call the loader LDX MEMLO STX DVSTAT+2 ;(Parameter = load address) LDX MEMLO+1 STX DVSTAT+3 JSR LPH ;load peripheral handler BMI PHR6 ;if load error, poll again SEC ;Call for initialize new ha: JSR PHC ;(Parameter = add size to M: BCS PHR6 ;if init error, poll again BCC PHR3 ;poll again normally SPACE 4,10 ** PHP - Perform Poll * * Polling subroutine calls SIO for Type 3 or 4 Poll. * * Input Parameters: * A Value for AUX1 * Y Value for AUX2 * * Output Parameters: * Y SIO status from poll * DVSTAT: Device minimum size (low), if poll answered * DVSTAT+1: Device minimum size (high), if poll answe: * DVSTAT+2: Device address for loading, if poll answe: * DVSTAT+3: Device version number, if poll answered * * Modified: * The registers are not saved; * * Subroutines called: * SIO (performs poll and returns to PHP's caller). * * ENTRY JSR PHP * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHP = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save parameter ; Set up DCB. LDX #PHPAL-1 ;offset to last byte of DCB: PHP1 LDA PHPA,X ;byte of DCB data STA DCB,X ;byte of DCB DEX BPL PHP1 ;if not done ; Set parameters in DBC auxiliary bytes. STY DAUX2 PLA STA DAUX1 ; Perform SIO. JMP SIOV ;vector to SIO, return ; DCB Poll Request Data PHPA DB $4F ;device bus ID DB 1 ;unit number DB '@' ;type 3 or 4 poll command DB $40 ;I/O direction DW DVSTAT ;buffer DB 30 ;timeout DB 0 DW 4 ;buffer length PHPAL = *-PHPA ;length SPACE 4,10 ** LPH - Load Peripheral Handler * * This subroutine calls the relocating loader to load * a handler from a peripheral. * * Input Parameters: * A Peripheral serial address for load; * DVSTAT+2: Load address (low) * DVSTAT+3: Load address (high) * * Output Parameters: * From the relocating loader. * * Modified: * TEMP1, TEMP2, TEMP3, * DVSTAT+3, DVSTAT+3 (forced even), * Relocating loader variables and parameters, * Registers not saved; * * Subroutines called: * RLR (relocating loader). * * ENTRY JSR LPH * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 LPH = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA TEMP2 ;save peripheral address LDX #0 STX TEMP1 ;set starting block number DEX STX TEMP3 ;set starting byte number ; Ensure load address even. LDA DVSTAT+2 ;low load address ROR A BCC LPH1 ;if even INC DVSTAT+2 ;increment low load address BNE LPH1 ;if no carry INC DVSTAT+3 ;increment high load address ; Set up relocating loader parameters. LPH1 LDA DVSTAT+2 ;load address STA LOADAD LDA DVSTAT+3 STA LOADAD+1 LDA #low PHG ;get-byte routine address STA GBYTEA LDA #high PHG STA GBYTEA+1 LDA #$80 ;loader page zero load addr: STA ZLOADA ; Relocate routine. JMP RLR ;relocate routine, return SPACE 4,10 ** PHG - Perform Peripheral Handler GET-BYTE * * Get a byte subroutine for relocating loader passes * bytes from peripheral to relocating loader via * cassette buffer. Calls GNL each time new * buffer is needed. * * Input Parameters: * TEMP1: Next block number; * TEMP2: Peripheral address (for GNL); * TEMP3: Next byte number (index to CASBUF). * * Output Parameters (for relocating loader): * Carry bit indicates error; * A Next byte, if no error. * * Modified: * Cassette buffer CASBUF; * TEMP3; * X, Y not saved. * * Subroutines called: * GNL, which calls SIO to get load records. * * ENTRY JSR PHG * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHG = * ;entry ; Check for another byte in buffer. LDX TEMP3 INX STX TEMP3 BEQ PHG2 ;if empty, load next block ; Retrieve next byte. PHG1 LDX TEMP3 LDA CASBUF-$80,X ;byte CLC ;indicate no error RTS ;return ; Load next block and retrieve next byte. PHG2 LDA #-128 ;offset to first byte STA TEMP3 JSR GNL ;get next load block BPL PHG1 ;if no error, retrieve next byte ; Process error. SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** GNL - Get Next Load Block * * Subroutine to get a load block from the peripheral. * * Input Parameters: * TEMP1: Block number. * * Output Parameters (for relocating loader): * Negative bit is set by SIO if I/O error occurs. * * Modified: * TEMP1; * the DCB (SIO); * Registers not saved. * * Subroutines called: * SIO. * * ENTRY JSR GNL * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GNL = * ;entry ; Set up DCB. LDX #GNLAL-1 ;offset to last DCB data by: GNL1 LDA GNLA,X ;byte of DCB data STA DCB,X ;byte of DCB DEX BPL GNL1 ;if not done ; Set DCB parameters LDX TEMP1 ;block number STX DAUX1 ;auxiliary 1 INX STX TEMP1 ;next block number LDA TEMP2 ;device address STA DDEVIC ;device bus ID ; Perform SIO. JMP SIOV ;vector to SIO, return. ; DCB Data GNLA DB $00 ;dummy device bus ID DB 1 ;dummy unit number DB '&' ;load command DB $40 ;I/O direction DW CASBUF ;buffer DB 30 ;timeout DB 0 DW 128 ;buffer length DB 0 ;auxiliary 1 DB 0 ;auxiliary 2 GNLAL = *-GNLA ;length SPACE 4,10 ** SHC - Search Handler Chain * * Forward chain search searches for pointer to handle: * table whose address matches caller's parameter. If : * parameter is zero, this routine looks for the point: * the final linkage table since this table's forward : * is zero (null. * * Input Parameters: * A Linkage table address to match (High) * Y Linkage table address to match (Low) * * Output Parameters: * ZCHAIN points to linkage whose forward pointe: * contains the match (if match is found); * if the match is found just following the li: * chain base CHLINK, then ZCHAIN points to CH: * minus 18; * If match successful, A (High) and X (Low) contain * matched address (equiv. to A and Y parms.); * Carry bit is set to indicate no match or checksum v: * along the chain. [Note: the linkage table p: * to by ZCHAIN upon return is not checksum ch: * * Modified: * TEMP1, TEMP2, ZCHAIN; * The registers are not saved. * * Subroutines called: * CLT. * * ENTRY JSR SHC * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SHC = * ;entry ; Initialize. STY TEMP1 STA TEMP1+1 LDA #low [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN ;start ZCHAIN at proper off: LDA #high [CHLINK-18] STA ZCHAIN+1 ; Check for match. SHC1 LDY #18 LDA (ZCHAIN),Y TAX ;low chain pointer INY LDA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high chain pointer CMP TEMP2 ;check for match with param: BNE SHC2 ;if no match CPX TEMP1 BNE SHC2 ;if no match ; Exit. CLC ;indicate match RTS ;return ; Check for end of chain. SHC2 CMP #0 ;end of chain indicator BNE SHC4 ;if not end of chain CPX #0 BNE SHC4 ;if not end of chain ; Process end of chain or checksum error. SHC3 SEC ;return error (checksum or end) RTS ;return ; Set link to new linkage table. SHC4 STX ZCHAIN ;link to new linkage table STA ZCHAIN+1 JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table BNE SHC3 ;if error ; Continue searching chain. BEQ SHC1 ;continue searching chain SPACE 4,10 ** PHW - Perform Peripheral Handler Warmstart Initiali: * * PHC is the main entry. This performs full initializ: * including adding the new linkage table into: * table chain; * PHW does all initialization except adding to the li: * table chain (intended for warm start reinit: * PHI is the full initialization entry for calling * init from outside the OS. * * The code does the following: * 1) Links new handler to end of chain; * 2) Calls handler init subroutine in handler; * 3) If 2 failed, unlinks handler from chain, * and returns with carry; * 4) Else, conditionally zeroes handler size ent: * handler linkage table (per parameter); * 5) Adds handler size entry (possibly zeroed) t: * 6) If handler size entry is nonzero, MEMLO is : * forced even; * 7) Calculates and enters linkage table checksu: * 8) Returns with carry clear. * * PHC is called by PHR when loading handlers at cold * initialization;and by PHL when loading a ha: * application request under CIO; * PHW is called by PHR to reinitialize a handler duri: * warm-start; * PHI is vectored by OS vector at $E49E and is intend: * for use by system-level applications which : * handlers (ie., AUTORUN.SYS handler loader, : * * Input Parameters: * PHC: * DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 contain handler size (for * handler init, not used by this routine); * DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 contain handler linkage : * address. * PHW: * DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 same; * DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 undefined. * PHI: * A and Y contain handler linkage table addre: * they are copied into DVSTAT+3 and DVSTAT+2; * DVSTAT, DVSTAT+1 may or may not be signific: * any concern about these are up to the progr: * of the peripheral handler init routine and : * is making use of the non-OS-caller entry PH: * * For PHI and PHC, the Carry bit specifies whether * the handler size entry of the linkage table: * be zeroed prior to adding to MEMLO: Carry s: * do NOT zero this entry. * * Output Parameters: * Carry indicates error (initialization failed); * The registers are not saved. * * Modified: * DVSTAT+2, DVSTAT+3 are modified by PHI; * ZCHAIN, TEMP1, TEMP2; * MEMLO, MEMLO+1 conditionally incremented by handler: * * Subroutines called: * SHC (to find end of linkage table chain); * PHU (to unlink handler if init. error); * CLT (to insert linkage table checksum); * loaded handler's INIT entry. * * ENTRY JSR PHW * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHW = * ;entry SEC ;indicate not zeroing handler size PHP BCS PHQ ;initialize handler and update MEML: SPACE 4,10 ** PHI - Perform Peripheral Handler Initialization wit: * * ENTRY JSR PHI * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHI = * ;entry STA DVSTAT+3 STY DVSTAT+2 ; JMP PHC ;perform coldstart initiali: SPACE 4,10 ** PHC - Perform Peripheral Handler Coldstart Initiali: * * ENTRY JSR PHC * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHC = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHP ; Search for end of chain. LDA #0 ;indicate searching for end of chai: TAY JSR SHC ;search handler chain BCS PHQ1 ;if error, exit ; Enter at end of chain. LDY #18 ;offset LDA DVSTAT+2 STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;low link TAX INY LDA DVSTAT+3 STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link STX ZCHAIN ;link to new table STA ZCHAIN+1 LDA #0 ;indicate end of chain STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;low link DEY STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;high link ; Initialize handler. ; JMP PHQ ;initialize handler, return SPACE 4,10 ** PHQ - Initialize Handler and Update MEMLO * * ENTRY JSR PHQ * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHQ = * ;entry ; Initialize handler. JSR PHX ;initialize handler BCC PHQ2 ;if no error ; Process error. LDA DVSTAT+3 LDY DVSTAT+2 JSR PHU ;unlink handler ; Exit, indicating error. PHQ1 PLP ;fix stack SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return ; Check for zeroing handler size. PHQ2 PLP BCS PHQ3 ;if not zero ; Zero handler size. LDA #0 LDY #16 ;offset STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;zero size INY STA (ZCHAIN),Y ; Increase MEMLO by size. PHQ3 CLC LDY #16 ;offset to size LDA MEMLO ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;add low size STA MEMLO ;new low MEMLO INY LDA MEMLO+1 ADC (ZCHAIN),Y ;add high size STA MEMLO+1 ;new high MEMLO ; Pu checksum in linkage table. LDY #15 ;offset to checksum LDA #0 STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;clear checksum JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table LDY #15 ;offset to checksum STA (ZCHAIN),Y ;checksum ; Exit. CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PHX - Initialize Handler * * ENTRY JSR PHX * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHX = * ;entry CLC LDA ZCHAIN ADC #12 STA TEMP1 ;low handler initialization: LDA ZCHAIN+1 ADC #0 STA TEMP1+1 ;high handler initializatio: JMP (TEMP1) ;initialize handler, return SUBTTL '$E912 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $E912 SPACE 4,10 ** E912 - $E912 Patch * * For compatibilty with OS Revision B, set VBLANK parameters. JMP SVP ;set VBLANK parameters, return SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 4' SPACE 4,10 ** PHU - Perform Peripheral Handler Unlinking * * Handler entry unlinking routine. This routine is ca: * by the OS handler initialization to unlink a handle: * initialization fails, or by the handler itself if i: * the handler unload feature. This routine is ent: * OS vector at $E49B. * * Input Parameters: * A Address of linkage table to unlink (High); * Y Address of linkage table to unlink (Low). * COLDST: Tested to see if PHU is called during cold : * if so, chain entry is unlinked even if at M: * * Output Parameters: * Carry is set to indicate error;in this case, * no unlinking has occurred. * * Modified: * TEMP1, TEMP2; * ZCHAIN,ZCHAIN+1; * The forward chain pointer in the precedessor of the: * table being removed is modified to point to the suc: * of the removed table if the removal is successful-- * this forward chain pointer may be CHLINK, CHLINK+1. * * The registers are not saved. * * Subroutines called: * SHC, CLT. * * ENTRY JSR PHU * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHU = * ;entry ; Search handler chain. JSR SHC ;search handler chain BCS PHU3 ;if error ; Perform unlinking. TAY ;(save return parameter) LDA ZCHAIN ;save ZCHAIN (points to pre: PHA LDA ZCHAIN+1 PHA STX ZCHAIN ;make ZCHAIN point to linka: STY ZCHAIN+1 ;to be removed LDA COLDST ;coldstart flag BNE PHU1 ;if coldstart, unconditional: LDY #16 ;check if loaded at MEMLO..: CLC ;by checking if size is non: LDA (ZCHAIN),Y INY ADC (ZCHAIN),Y BNE PHU2 ;if handler size non-zero JSR CLT ;checksum linkage table BNE PHU2 ;if checksum nonzero, bad c: PHU1 LDY #18 ;take link from table being: LDA (ZCHAIN),Y TAX INY LDA (ZCHAIN),Y TAY PLA ;Make ZCHAIN point to the predecess: STA ZCHAIN+1 PLA STA ZCHAIN TYA ;And put forward link from table be: LDY #19 ;removed into its predecessors link: STA (ZCHAIN),Y DEY TXA STA (ZCHAIN),Y CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return ; Clean stack and process error. PHU2 PLA ;Error return--restore stack PLA ; Process error. PHU3 SEC ;indicate error RTS ;return SUBTTL '$E959 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $E959 SPACE 4,10 ** E959 - $E959 Patch * * For compatibilty with OS Revision B, perform PIO. JMP PIO ;perform PIO, return SUBTTL 'Serial Input/Output' SPACE 4,10 ** ISIO - Initialize SIO * * ENTRY JSR ISIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ISIO = * ;entry LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;turn off motor LDA #NCOMHI STA PBCTL ;raise NOT COMMAND line LDA #$03 ;POKEY out of initialize mode STA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow STA SOUNDR ;select noisy I/O STA SKCTL RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SIO - Serial Input/Output * * ENTRY JSR SIO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SIO = * ;entry ; Initialize. TSX STX STACKP ;save stack pointer LDA #1 ;critical section indicator STA CRITIC ;indicate critical section ; Check device ID. LDA DDEVIC ;device ID CMP #CASET BNE SIO1 ;if not cassette ; Process cassette. JMP PCI ;process cassette I/O, return ; Process intelligent device. SIO1 LDA #0 STA CASFLG ;indicate not cassette LDA #DRETRI STA DRETRY ;set device retry count SIO2 LDA #CRETRI STA CRETRY ;set command frame retry count ; Send command frame. SIO3 LDA #low B19200 STA AUDF3 ;set baud rate to 19200 LDA #high B19200 STA AUDF4 ; Set up command buffer. CLC LDA DDEVIC ;device ID ADC DUNIT ;add unit number ADC #$FF ;subtract 1 STA CDEVIC ;device bus ID LDA DCOMND ;command STA CCOMND LDA DAUX1 ;auxiliary information 1 STA CAUX1 LDA DAUX2 ;auxiliary information 2 STA CAUX2 ; Set buffer pointer to command frame buffer. CLC LDA #low CDEVIC ;low buffer address STA BUFRLO ;low buffer address ADC #4 STA BFENLO ;low buffer end address LDA #high CDEVIC ;high buffer address STA BUFRHI ;high buffer address STA BFENHI ;high buffer end address ; Send command frame to device. LDA #NCOMLO STA PBCTL ;lower NOT COMMAND line JSR SID ;send command frame LDA ERRFLG ;error flag BNE SIO4 ;if error received TYA ;status BNE SIO5 ;if ACK received ; Process NAK or timeout. SIO4 DEC CRETRY ;decrement command frame retry count BPL SIO3 ;if retries not exhausted ; Process command frame retries exhausted. JMP SIO10 ;process error ; Process ACK. SIO5 LDA DSTATS BPL SIO6 ;if no data to send ; Send data frame to device. LDA #CRETRI STA CRETRY ;set command frame retry count JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR SID ;send data frame BEQ SIO10 ;if error ; Wait for complete. SIO6 JSR GTO ;set device timeout LDA #0 STA ERRFLG ;clear error flag JSR STW ;set timer and wait BEQ SIO8 ;if timeout ; Process no timeout. BIT DSTATS BVS SIO7 ;if more data follows LDA ERRFLG ;error flag BNE SIO10 ;if error ; Process no error. BEQ CSO ;complete SIO operation ; Receive data frame from device. SIO7 JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR REC ;receive ; Check error flag. SIO8 LDA ERRFLG ;error flag BEQ SIO9 ;if no error preceded data ; Process error. LDA TSTAT ;temporary status STA STATUS ;status ; Check status. SIO9 LDA STATUS ;status CMP #SUCCES BEQ CSO ;if successful, complete operation, return ; Process error. SIO10 DEC DRETRY ;decrement device retry count BMI CSO ;if retries exhausted, complete, return ; Retry. JMP SIO2 ;retry SPACE 4,10 ** CSO - Complete SIO Operation * * ENTRY JSR CSO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CSO = * ;entry JSR DSR ;disable SEND and RECEIVE LDA #0 ;not critical section indicator STA CRITIC ;critical section flag LDY STATUS ;status STY DSTATS ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WCA - Wait for Completion or ACK * * ENTRY JSR WCA * * EXIT * Y = 0, if failure * = $FF, if success * * NOTES * Problem: WCA does not handle NAK correctly;: * just before WCA3 should be removed. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WCA = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA ERRFLG ;clear error flag ; Set buffer pointer. CLC LDA #low TEMP ;low temporary address STA BUFRLO ;low buffer address ADC #1 STA BFENLO ;low buffer end address LDA #high TEMP ;high temporary address STA BUFRHI ;high buffer address STA BFENHI ;high buffer end address LDA #$FF STA NOCKSM ;indicate no checksum follows JSR REC ;receive LDY #$FF ;assume success LDA STATUS ;status CMP #SUCCES BNE WCA2 ;if failure LDA TEMP ;byte received CMP #ACK BEQ WCA4 ;if ACK, exit CMP #COMPLT BEQ WCA4 ;if complete, exit CMP #ERROR BNE WCA1 ;if device did not send back ; Process unrecognized response. LDA #DERROR STA STATUS ;indicate device error BNE WCA2 ;check for timeout ; Process nothing sent back. WCA1 LDA #DNACK STA STATUS ;indicate NAK ; Check for timeout. WCA2 LDA STATUS ;status CMP #TIMOUT BEQ WCA3 ;if timeout ; Process other error. LDA #$FF ;error indicator STA ERRFLG ;indicate error BNE WCA4 ;exit ; Indicate failure. WCA3 LDY #0 ;failure indicator ; Exit. WCA4 LDA STATUS ;status STA TSTAT ;temporary status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SEN - Send * * SEN sends a buffer over the serial bus. * * ENTRY JSR SEN * * NOTES * Problem: an interrupt may occur before CHKS: * initialized, causing an incorrect checksum : * STA CHKSUM should precede STA SEROUT. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEN = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #SUCCES ;assume success STA STATUS ;status JSR ESS ;enable SIO SEND LDY #0 STY CHKSUM ;clear checksum STY CHKSNT ;clear checksum sent flag STY XMTDON ;clear transmit-frame done flag ; Initiate TRANSMIT. LDA (BUFRLO),Y ;first byte from buffer STA SEROUT ;serial output register STA CHKSUM ;checksum ; Check BREAK key. SEN1 LDA BRKKEY BNE SEN2 ;if BREAK key not pressed ; Process BREAK key. JMP PBK ;process BREAK key, return ; Process BREAK key not pressed. SEN2 LDA XMTDON ;transmit-frame done flag BEQ SEN1 ;if transmit-frame not done ; Exit. JSR DSR ;disable SEND and RECEIVE RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ORIR - Process Serial Output Ready IRQ * * ENTRY JMP ORIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ORIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. TYA PHA ;save Y INC BUFRLO ;increment low buffer pointer BNE ORI1 ;if low buffer pointer non-zero INC BUFRHI ;increment high buffer pointer ; Check end of buffer. ORI1 LDA BUFRLO ;buffer address CMP BFENLO ;buffer end address LDA BUFRHI SBC BFENHI BCC ORI4 ;if not past end of buffer ; Process end of buffer. LDA CHKSNT ;checksum sent flag BNE ORI2 ;if checksum already sent ; Send checksum. LDA CHKSUM ;checksum STA SEROUT ;serial output register LDA #$FF STA CHKSNT ;indicate checksum sent BNE ORI3 ; Enable TRANSMIT done interrupt. ORI2 LDA POKMSK ORA #$08 STA POKMSK STA IRQEN ; Exit. ORI3 PLA TAY ;restore Y PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Transmit next byte from buffer. ORI4 LDY #0 LDA (BUFRLO),Y ;byte from buffer STA SEROUT ;serial output register CLC ADC CHKSUM ;add byte to checksum ADC #0 STA CHKSUM ;update checksum JMP ORI3 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** OCIR - Process Serial Output Complete IRQ * * ENTRY JMP OCIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 OCIR = * ;entry ; Check checksum sent. LDA CHKSNT ;checksum sent flag BEQ OCI1 ;if checksum not yet sent ; Process checksum sent. STA XMTDON ;indicate transmit-frame done ; Disable TRANSMIT done interrupt. LDA POKMSK AND #$F7 STA POKMSK STA IRQEN ; Exit. OCI1 PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SPACE 4,10 ** REC - Receive * * ENTRY JSR REC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 REC = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 LDY CASFLG BNE REC1 ;if cassette STA CHKSUM ;initialize checksum REC1 STA BUFRFL ;clear buffer full flag STA RECVDN ;clear receive-frame done flag LDA #SUCCES ;assume success STA STATUS ;status JSR ESR ;enable SIO RECEIVE LDA #NCOMHI STA PBCTL ; Check BREAK key. REC2 LDA BRKKEY BNE REC3 ;if BREAK key not pressed ; Process BREAK key. JMP PBK ;process BREAK key, return ; Process BREAK key not pressed. REC3 LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BEQ ITO ;if timeout, indicate timeout ; Process no timeout. LDA RECVDN ;receive-frame done flag BEQ REC2 ;if receive-frame done, continue ; Exit. RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ITO - Indicate Timeout * * ENTRY JSR ITO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ITO = * ;entry LDA #TIMOUT ;timeout indicator STA STATUS ;indicate timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** IRIR - Process Serial Input Ready IRQ * * ENTRY JMP IRIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IRIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. TYA PHA ;save Y LDA SKSTAT STA SKRES ;reset status register ; Check for frame error. BMI IRI1 ;if no frame error ; Process frame error. LDY #FRMERR ;frame error STY STATUS ;indicate frame error ; Check for overrun error. IRI1 AND #$20 BNE IRI2 ;if no overrun error ; Process overrun error. LDY #OVRRUN ;overrun error STY STATUS ;indicate overrun error ; Check for buffer full. IRI2 LDA BUFRFL BEQ IRI5 ;if buffer not yet full ; Process buffer full. LDA SERIN ;checksum from device CMP CHKSUM ;computed checksum BEQ IRI3 ;if checksums match ; Process checksum error. LDY #CHKERR ;checksum error STY STATUS ;indicate checksum error ; Indicate receive-frame done. IRI3 LDA #$FF ;receive-frame done indicator STA RECVDN ;indicate receive-frame done ; Exit. IRI4 PLA TAY ;restore Y PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Process buffer not full. IRI5 LDA SERIN ;serial input register LDY #0 STA (BUFRLO),Y ;byte of buffer CLC ADC CHKSUM ;add byte to checksum ADC #0 STA CHKSUM ;update checksum INC BUFRLO ;increment low buffer pointer BNE IRI6 ;if low buffer pointer non-zero INC BUFRHI ;increment high buffer pointer ; Check end of buffer. IRI6 LDA BUFRLO ;buffer address CMP BFENLO ;buffer end address LDA BUFRHI SBC BFENHI BCC IRI4 ;if not past end of buffer ; Process end of buffer. LDA NOCKSM ;no checksum follows flag BEQ IRI7 ;if checksum will follow ; Process no checksum will follow. LDA #0 STA NOCKSM ;clear no checksum follows flag BEQ IRI3 ;indicate receive-frame done ; Process checksum will follow. IRI7 LDA #$FF STA BUFRFL ;indicate buffer full BNE IRI4 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** SBP - Set Buffer Pointers * * ENTRY JSR SBP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBP = * ;entry CLC LDA DBUFLO STA BUFRLO ;low buffer address ADC DBYTLO STA BFENLO ;low buffer end address LDA DBUFHI STA BUFRHI ;high buffer address ADC DBYTHI STA BFENHI ;high buffer end address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PCI - Process Cassette I/O * * ENTRY JSR PCI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCI = * ;entry ; Check command type. LDA DSTATS ;command type BPL PCI3 ;if READ ; Write a record. LDA #low B00600 STA AUDF3 ;set 600 baud LDA #high B00600 STA AUDF4 JSR ESS ;enable SIO SEND LDX PALNTS ;PAL/NTSC offset LDY WSIRGX,X ;low short WRITE IRG time LDA DAUX2 ;IRG type BMI PCI1 ;if short IRG is desired LDY WIRGLX,X ;low long WRITE IRG time PCI1 LDX #WIRGHI ;high IRG time JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters LDA #MOTRGO STA PACTL ;turn on motor PCI2 LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE PCI2 ;if no timeout JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR SEN ;send JMP PCI6 ;exit ; Read a record. PCI3 LDA #$FF ;cassette I/O indicator STA CASFLG ;cassette I/O flag LDX PALNTS ;PAL/NTSC offset LDY RSIRGX,X ;low short READ IRG time LDA DAUX2 ;IRG type BMI PCI4 ;if short IRG desired LDY RIRGLX,X ;low long READ IRG time PCI4 LDX #RIRGHI ;high READ IRG time JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters LDA #MOTRGO STA PACTL ;turn on motor PCI5 LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE PCI5 ;if no timeout JSR SBP ;set buffer pointers JSR GTO ;get device timeout JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters JSR SBR ;set initial baud rate JSR REC ;receive ; Exit. PCI6 LDA DAUX2 ;IRG type BMI PCI7 ;if doing short IRG LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;turn off motor PCI7 JMP CSO ;complete SIO operation, return SPACE 4,10 ** PTE - Process Timer Expiration * * ENTRY JSR PTE * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTE = * ;entry LDA #0 ;timeout indicator STA TIMFLG ;timeout flag RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ESS - Enable SIO SEND * * ENTRY JSR ESS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESS = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #$07 ;mask off previous serail bus control bits AND SSKCTL ORA #$20 ;set SEND mode ; Check device type. LDY DDEVIC CPY #CASET BNE ESS1 ;if not cassette ; Process cassette. ORA #$08 ;set FSK output LDY #LOTONE ;set FSK tone frequencies STY AUDF2 LDY #HITONE STY AUDF1 ; Set serial bus control. ESS1 STA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow STA SKCTL LDA #$C7 ;mask off previous serial bus interrupt bits AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable ORA #$10 ;enable output data needed interrupt JMP SSR ;set for SEND, return SPACE 4,10 ** ESR - Enable SIO RECEIVE * * ENTRY JSR ESR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESR = * ;entry LDA #$07 ;mask off previous serial bus control bits AND SSKCTL ORA #$10 ;set receive mode asynchronous STA SSKCTL ;SKCTL shadow STA SKCTL STA SKRES LDA #$C7 ;mask off previous serial bus interrupt bits AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable ORA #$20 ;enable RECEIVE interrupt ; JMP SSR ;set for RECEIVE, return SPACE 4,10 ** SSR - Set for SEND or RECEIVE * * ENTRY JSR SSR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSR = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA POKMSK ;update POKEY IRQ enable STA IRQEN ;IRQ enable LDA #$28 ;clock ch. 3 with 1.79 MHz, ch. 4 with ch. 3 STA AUDCTL ;set audio control ; Set voice controls. LDX #6 ;offset to last voice control LDA #$A8 ;pure tone, half volume LDY SOUNDR ;noisy I/O flag BNE SSR1 ;if noisy I/O desired LDA #$A0 ;pure tone, no volume SSR1 STA AUDC1,X ;set tone and volume DEX DEX BPL SSR1 ;if not done ; Turn off certain voices. LDA #$A0 ;pure tone, no volume STA AUDC3 ;turn off sound on voice 3 LDY DDEVIC ;device bus ID CPY #CASET ;cassette device ID BEQ SSR2 ;if cassette device STA AUDC1 ;turn off sound on voice 1 STA AUDC2 ;turn off sound on voice 2 SSR2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DSR - Disable SEND and RECEIVE * * ENTRY JSR DSR * * NOTES * Problem: NOP may not be necessary. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DSR = * ;entry ; Disable serial bus interrupts. NOP LDA #$C7 ;mask to clear serial bus interrupts AND POKMSK ;and with POKEY IRQ enable STA POKMSK ;update POKEY IRQ enable STA IRQEN ;IRQ enable ; Turn off audio volume. LDX #6 ;offset to last voice control LDA #$00 ;no volume DSR1 STA AUDC1,X ;turn off voice DEX DEX BPL DSR1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** GTO - Get Device Timeout * * ENTRY JSR GTO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GTO = * ;entry LDA DTIMLO ;device timeout ROR A ROR A TAY ;rotated timeout AND #$3F ;lower 6 bits TAX ;high timeout TYA ;rotated timeout ROR A AND #$C0 ;upper 2 bits TAY ;low timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TSIH - Table of SIO Interrupt Handlers * * NOTES * Problem: not used. TSIH DW IRIR ;serial input ready IRQ DW ORIR ;serial output ready IRQ DW OCIR ;serial output complete IRQ SPACE 4,10 ** SID - Send to Intelligent Device * * ENTRY JSR SID * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by outer delay loop. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SID = * ;entry ; Delay. LDX #1 SID1 LDY #255 SID2 DEY BNE SID2 ;if inner loop not done DEX BNE SID1 ;if outer loop not done ; Send data frame. JSR SEN ;send ; Set timer and wait. LDY #low CTIM ;frame acknowledge timeout LDX #high CTIM ; JMP STW ;set timer and wait, return SPACE 4,10 ** STW - Set Timer and Wait * * ENTRY JSR STW * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STW = * ;entry JSR SSV ;set SIO VBLANK parameters JSR WCA ;wait for completion or ACK TYA ;wait termination status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBR - Compute Baud Rate * * CBR computes value for POKEY frequency for the baud rate as * measured by an interval of the VCOUNT timer. * * ENTRY JSR CBR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBR = * ;entry STA TIMER2 ;save final timer value STY TIMER2+1 JSR AVV ;adjust VCOUNT value STA TIMER2 ;save adjusted timer 2 value LDA TIMER1 JSR AVV ;adjust VCOUNT value STA TIMER1 ;save adjusted timer 1 value LDA TIMER2 SEC SBC TIMER1 STA TEMP1 ;save difference LDA TIMER2+1 SEC SBC TIMER1+1 TAY ;difference LDX PALNTS LDA #0 SEC SBC CONS1X,X CBR1 CLC ADC CONS1X,X ;accumulate product DEY BPL CBR1 ;if not done CLC ADC TEMP1 ;add to get total VCOUNT difference TAY ;total VCOUNT difference LSR A LSR A LSR A ASL A ;interval divided by 4 SEC SBC #22 ;adjust offset TAX ;offset TYA ;total VCOUNT difference AND #7 ;extract lower 3 bits of interval TAY ;lower 3 bits of interval LDA #-11 CBR2 CLC ADC #11 ;accumulate interpolation constant DEY BPL CBR2 ;if done LDY #0 ;assume no addition correction SEC SBC #7 ;adjust interpolation constant BPL CBR3 DEY ;indicate addition correction CBR3 CLC ADC TPFV,X ;add constant to table value STA CBAUDL ;low POKEY frequency value TYA ADC TPFV+1,X STA CBAUDH ;high POKEY frequency value RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** AVV - Adjust VCOUNT Value * * ENTRY JSR AVV * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 AVV = * ;entry CMP #$7C BMI AVV1 ;if >= $7C SEC SBC #$7C RTS ;return AVV1 CLC LDX PALNTS ADC CONS2X,X RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SBR - Set Initial Baud Rate * * INITIAL BAUD RATE MEASUREMENT -- USED TO SET THE * BAUD RATE AT THE START OF A RECORD. * * IT IS ASSUMED THAT THE FIRST TWO BYTES OF EVERY * RECORD ARE $AA. * * ENTRY JSR SBR * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by branch around branch (SBR3). * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBR = * ;entry SBR1 LDA BRKKEY BNE SBR2 ;if BREAK key not pressed JMP PBK ;process BREAK key, return SBR2 SEI LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE SBR3 ;if no timeout BEQ SBR5 ;process timeout SBR3 LDA SKSTAT AND #$10 ;extract start bit BNE SBR1 ;if start bit STA SAVIO ;save serial data in LDX VCOUNT ;vertical line counter LDY RTCLOK+2 ;low byte of VBLANK clock STX TIMER1 STY TIMER1+1 ;save initial timer value LDX #1 STX TEMP3 ;set mode flag LDY #10 ;10 bits SBR4 LDA BRKKEY BEQ PBK ;if BREAK key pressed, process, return LDA TIMFLG ;timeout flag BNE SBR6 ;if no timeout SBR5 CLI JMP ITO ;indicate timeout, return SBR6 LDA SKSTAT AND #$10 ;extract CMP SAVIO ;previous serial data in BEQ SBR4 ;if data in not changed STA SAVIO ;save serial data in DEY ;decrement bit counter BNE SBR4 ;if not done DEC TEMP3 ;decrement mode BMI SBR7 ;if done with both modes LDA VCOUNT LDY RTCLOK+2 JSR CBR ;compute baud rate LDY #9 ;9 bits BNE SBR4 ;set bit counter SBR7 LDA CBAUDL STA AUDF3 LDA CBAUDH STA AUDF4 ;set POKEY baud rate LDA #0 STA SKSTAT LDA SSKCTL STA SKSTAT ;initialize POKEY serial port LDA #$55 STA (BUFRLO),Y ;first byte of buffer INY STA (BUFRLO),Y ;second byte of buffer LDA #$AA ;checksum STA CHKSUM ;checksum CLC LDA BUFRLO ADC #2 ;add 2 STA BUFRLO ;update low buffer pointer LDA BUFRHI ADC #0 STA BUFRHI ;update high buffer pointer CLI RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PBK - Process BREAK Key * * ENTRY JSR PBK * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PBK = * ;entry JSR DSR ;disable SEND and RECEIVE LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;turn off motor LDA #NCOMHI STA PBCTL ;raise NOT COMMAND line LDA #BRKABT ;BREAK abort error STA STATUS ;status LDX STACKP ;saved stack pointer TXS ;restore stack pointer DEC BRKKEY ;indicate BREAK CLI JMP CSO ;complete SIO operation, return to caller of SIO SPACE 4,10 ** SSV - Set SIO VBLANK Parameters * * ENTRY JSR SSV * * MODS * Original Author Unknown ??/??/?? * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSV = * ;entry LDA #low PTE ;timer expiration routine address STA CDTMA1 LDA #high PTE STA CDTMA1+1 LDA #1 ;timer 1 SEI JSR SETVBV ;set VBLANK parameters LDA #1 ;no timeout indicator STA TIMFLG ;timeout flag CLI RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TPFV - Table of POKEY Frequency Values * * TPFV translates VCOUNT interval timer measurements to POKEY * frequency register values. * * Table entries are AUDF+7. * * Frequency-out is Frequency-in divided by 2*(AUDF+M), where * Frequency-in = 1.78979 Mhz and M = 7. * * AUDF+7=(11.365167)*T-out, where T-out is the number of counts * (127 used cd soulution???) of VCOUNT for one character * time (10 bit times). ; DW 636 ;baud rate 1407, VCOUNT interval 56 ; DW 727 ;baud rate 1231, VCOUNT interval 64 ; DW 818 ;baud rate 1094, VCOUNT interval 72 ; DW 909 ;baud rate 985, VCOUNT interval 80 TPFV DW 1000 ;baud rate 895, VCOUNT interval 88 DW 1091 ;baud rate 820, VCOUNT interval 96 DW 1182 ;baud rate 757, VCOUNT interval 104 DW 1273 ;baud rate 703, VCOUNT interval 112 DW 1364 ;baud rate 656, VCOUNT interval 120 DW 1455 ;baud rate 615, VCOUNT interval 128 DW 1546 ;baud rate 579, VCOUNT interval 136 DW 1637 ;baud rate 547, VCOUNT interval 144 DW 1728 ;baud rate 518, VCOUNT interval 152 DW 1818 ;baud rate 492, VCOUNT interval 160 DW 1909 ;baud rate 469, VCOUNT interval 168 DW 2000 ;baud rate 447, VCOUNT interval 176 ; DW 2091 ;baud rate 428, VCOUNT interval 184 ; DW 2182 ;baud rate 410, VCOUNT interval 192 ; DW 2273 ;baud rate 394, VCOUNT interval 200 ; DW 2364 ;baud rate 379, VCOUNT interval 208 ; DW 2455 ;baud rate 365, VCOUNT interval 216 ; DW 2546 ;baud rate 352, VCOUNT interval 224 ; DW 2637 ;baud rate 339, VCOUNT interval 232 ; DW 2728 ;baud rate 328, VCOUNT interval 240 ; DW 2819 ;baud rate 318, VCOUNT interval 248 SPACE 4,10 ** NTSC/PAL Constant Tables WIRGLX DB low WIRGLN ;NTSC low long write IRG DB low WIRGLP ;PAL low long write IRG RIRGLX DB low RIRGLN ;NTSC low long read IRG DB low RIRGLP ;PAL low long read IRG WSIRGX DB low WSIRGN ;NTSC low short write IRG DB low WSIRGP ;PAL low short write IRG RSIRGX DB low RSIRGN ;NTSC low short read IRG DB low RSIRGP ;PAL low short read IRG CONS1X DB 131 ;NTSC DB 156 ;PAL CONS2X DB 7 ;NTSC DB 32 ;PAL SUBTTL 'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 1' SPACE 4,10 ** TSMA - Table of Screen Memory Allocation * * Entry n is the number of $40-byte blocks to allocate for * graphics mode n. * * NOTES * Problem: For readability, this, and other t: * this area, could be moved closer to the oth: * the Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler (ju: * the EF6B patch). TSMA DB 24 ;0 DB 16 ;1 DB 10 ;2 DB 10 ;3 DB 16 ;4 DB 28 ;5 DB 52 ;6 DB 100 ;7 DB 196 ;8 DB 196 ;9 DB 196 ;10 DB 196 ;11 DB 28 ;12 DB 16 ;13 DB 100 ;14 DB 196 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TDLE - Table of Display List Entry Counts * * Each entry is 2 bytes. TDLE DB 23,23 ;0 DB 11,23 ;1 DB 47,47 ;2 DB 95,95 ;3 DB 97,97 ;4 DB 97,97 ;5 DB 23,11 ;6 DB 191,97 ;7 DB 19,19 ;8 DB 9,19 ;9 DB 39,39 ;10 DB 79,79 ;11 DB 65,65 ;12 DB 65,65 ;13 DB 19,9 ;14 DB 159,65 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TAGM - Table of ANTIC Graphics Modes * * Entry n is the ANTIC graphics mode corresponding to internal * graphics mode n. TAGM DB $02 ;internal 0 - 40x2x8 characters DB $06 ;internal 1 - 20x5x8 characters DB $07 ;internal 2 - 20x5x16 characters DB $08 ;internal 3 - 40x4x8 graphics DB $09 ;internal 4 - 80x2x4 graphics DB $0A ;internal 5 - 80x4x4 graphics DB $0B ;internal 6 - 160x2x2 graphics DB $0D ;internal 7 - 160x4x2 graphics DB $0F ;internal 8 - 320x2x1 graphics DB $0F ;internal 9 - 320x2x1 GTIA "lum" mode DB $0F ;internal 10 - 320x2x1 GTIA "color/lum" mode DB $0F ;internal 11 - 320x2x1 GTIA "color" mode DB $04 ;internal 12 - 40x5x8 characters DB $05 ;internal 13 - 40x5x16 characters DB $0C ;internal 14 - 160x2x1 graphics DB $0E ;internal 15 - 160x4x1 graphics SPACE 4,10 ** TDLV - Table of Display List Vulnerability * * Entry n is non-zero if the display list for mode n cannot * cross a page boundary. TDLV DB 0 ;0 DB 0 ;1 DB 0 ;2 DB 0 ;3 DB 0 ;4 DB 0 ;5 DB 0 ;6 DB 1 ;7 DB 1 ;8 DB 1 ;9 DB 1 ;10 DB 1 ;11 DB 0 ;12 DB 0 ;13 DB 1 ;14 DB 1 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TLSC - Table of Left Shift Counts * * Entry n is the NUMBER OF LEFT SHIFTS NEEDED TO MULTIPLY * COLCRS BY # BYTES/ROW ((ROWCRS*5)/(2**TLSC)) for mode n. TLSC DB 3 ;0 DB 2 ;1 DB 2 ;2 DB 1 ;3 DB 1 ;4 DB 2 ;5 DB 2 ;6 DB 3 ;7 DB 3 ;8 DB 3 ;9 DB 3 ;10 DB 3 ;11 DB 3 ;12 DB 3 ;13 DB 2 ;14 DB 3 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TMCC - Table of Mode Column Counts * * Entry n is the low column count for mode n. TMCC DB low 40 ;0 DB low 20 ;1 DB low 20 ;2 DB low 40 ;3 DB low 80 ;4 DB low 80 ;5 DB low 160 ;6 DB low 160 ;7 DB low 320 ;8 DB low 80 ;9 DB low 80 ;10 DB low 80 ;11 DB low 40 ;12 DB low 40 ;13 DB low 160 ;14 DB low 160 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TMRC - Table of Mode Row Counts * * Entry n is the row count for mode n. TMRC DB 24 ;0 DB 24 ;1 DB 12 ;2 DB 24 ;3 DB 48 ;4 DB 48 ;5 DB 96 ;6 DB 96 ;7 DB 192 ;8 DB 192 ;9 DB 192 ;10 DB 192 ;11 DB 24 ;12 DB 12 ;13 DB 192 ;14 DB 192 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TRSC - Table of Right Shift Counts * * Entry n is HOW MANY RIGHT SHIFTS FOR HCRSR FOR PARTIAL * BYTE MODES for mode n. TRSC DB 0 ;0 DB 0 ;1 DB 0 ;2 DB 2 ;3 DB 3 ;4 DB 2 ;5 DB 3 ;6 DB 2 ;7 DB 3 ;8 DB 1 ;9 DB 1 ;10 DB 1 ;11 DB 0 ;12 DB 0 ;13 DB 3 ;14 DB 2 ;15 SPACE 4,10 ** TDSM - Table of Display Masks * * NOTES * Includes TBTM - Table of Bit Masks. TDSM DB $FF ;1 DB $F0 ;2 DB $0F ;3 DB $C0 ;4 DB $30 ;5 DB $0C ;6 DB $03 ;7 TBTM DB $80 ;8 (0) DB $40 ;9 (1) DB $20 ;10 (2) DB $10 ;11 (3) DB $08 ;12 (4) DB $04 ;13 (5) DB $02 ;14 (6) DB $01 ;15 (7) SUBTTL 'Peripheral Handler Loading Facility, Part 5' SPACE 4,10 ** PHE - Perform Peripheral Handler Entry * * PHE attempts to enter a peripheral handler in the handler table. * * ENTRY JSR PHE * X = device code * A = high linkage table address * Y = low linkage table address * * EXIT * Success: * C clear * Handler table entry made * * Failure due to entry previously made: * C set * N clear * X = offset to second byte of duplicate entry * A, Y unchanged * * Failure due to handler table full: * C set * N set * * CHANGES * A X Y * * CALLS * -none- * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHE = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save high linkage table address TYA PHA ;save low linkage table address ; Search for device code in handler table. TXA ;device code LDX #0 ;offset to first entry of table PHE1 CMP HATABS,X ;device code from table BEQ PHE3 ;if device code found INX INX INX CPX #MAXDEV+1 ;offset+1 of last possible entry BMI PHE1 ;if not done ; Search for empty entry in handler table. LDX #0 ;offset to first entry of table TAY ;save device code LDA #0 PHE2 CMP HATABS,X ;device code from table BEQ PHE4 ;if empty entry found INX INX INX CPX #MAXDEV+1 ;offset+1 of last possible entry BMI PHE2 ;if not done ; Return table full condition. PLA ;clean stack PLA LDY #$FF ;indicate table full (set N) SEC ;indicate failure RTS ;return ; Return device code found condition. PHE3 PLA ;saved Y TAY ;restore Y PLA ;restore A INX ;indicate device code found (clear N) SEC ;indicate failure RTS ;return ; Enter handler in table. PHE4 TYA ;device code STA HATABS,X ;enter device code PLA ;saved low linkage table address STA HATABS+1,X ;low address PLA ;saved high linkage table address STA HATABS+2,X ;high address ; Return success condition. CLC ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PHO - Perform Peripheral Handler Poll at OPEN * * Subroutine to perform Type 4 Poll at OPEN time, and * "provisionally" open IOCB if peripheral answers. * * Input parameters: * ICIDNO identifies calling IOCB; * From zero-page IOCB: * ICBALZ,ICBAHZ (buffer pointer) * ICDNOZ (device number from caller's filespe: * From caller's buffer: device name (in filespec.) * * Output parameters: * "No device" error returned if Poll not answered. * If poll is answered, the calling IOCB is "Provision: * opened (and successful status is returned)-: * ICHIDZ set to mark provisional open * ICPTLZ,ICPTHZ points to PTL (special PUT-BY: * ICSPR in calling IOCB set to device name (f: * ICSPR+1 in calling IOCB set to device seria: * * Modified: * Registers not saved. * * Subroutines called: * PHP performs poll. * * ENTRY JSR PHO * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was: * zero-page. * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PHO = * ;entry LDY #0 ;Call for Type 4 Poll with LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;device name from user LDY ICDNOZ ;OPEN JSR PHP BPL PHO1 ;if poll answered LDY #NONDEV ;Return "no device" error RTS ;return PHO1 LDA #$7F ;"Provisionally" OPEN the I: STA ICHIDZ ;(Mark "provisional") LDA #low [PTL-1] STA ICPTLZ ;(Special put byte routine : LDA #high [PTL-1] STA ICPTHZ LDA DVSTAT+2 ;(Peripheral address for lo: ; LDX ICIDNO VFD 8\$AE,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO STA ICSPR+1,X LDY #0 LDA (ICBALZ),Y ;(Device name from user) STA ICSPR,X LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PTL - Perform PUT-BYTE for Provisionally Open IOCB * * Put byte entry for provisionally opened IOCB's. * This routine performs load, relocation, initializat: * and finishes OPEN, then calls handler's put byte en: * * Input parameters: * A Byte to output; * X IOCB index (IOCB number times 16); * Y "Function not supported" error code $92. * AUX1 and AUX2 in zero-page IOCB are copied from the: * IOCB prior to the call to PTL. * * Output parameters: * Various errors may be returned if loading fails (ei: * did not allow loading by setting HNDLOD fla: * was a loading error or calling error); * If no loading error, this routine returns nothing--: * returned is returned by the loaded PUT-BYTE: * is called by this routine after the handler: * initialized, and opened. * * Modified: * ICIDNO (a CIO variable); * all of the zero-page IOCB is copied fromt he callin: * normal CIO open-operation variables are affected; * after opening, the zero-page IOCB is copied to the : * Registers not saved if error return;if handler is l: * and opened properly, the caller's A and X r: * passed to the loaded handler's PUT-BYTE rou: * Y is passed to that routine as $92)--then r: * on return is up to handler PUT-BYTE since i: * directly to caller. * * Subroutines called: * PHL (does loading, initializing and opening--calls : * loaded handler's INIT, OPEN, and PUT-BYTE entries a: * The PUT-BYTE entry returns directly to the PTL call: * * ENTRY JSR PTL * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, ICIDNO was: * zero-page. * * MODS * R. S. Scheiman 04/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PTL = * ;entry PHA ;save byte to output TXA ;IOCB index PHA ;save IOCB index AND #$0F ;IOCB index modulo 16 BNE PTL2 ;if IOCB not dividable by 16, error CPX #MAXIOC BPL PTL2 ;if IOCB index invalid LDA HNDLOD BNE PTL3 ;if user wants loading LDY #NONDEV ;indicate nonexistent device error ; Return error. PTL1 PLA ;clean stack PLA CPY #0 ;indicate failure (set N) RTS ;return PTL2 LDY #BADIOC ;indicate bad IOCB number error BMI PTL1 ;return error ; Simulate beginning of CIO, since CIO bypassed. PTL3 ; STX ICIDNO ;IOCB index VFD 8\$8E,8\low ICIDNO,8\high ICIDNO LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of page zero : ; Copy IOCB to page zero IOCB. PTL4 LDA IOCB,X ;byte of IOCB STA ZIOCB,Y ;byte of page zero IOCB INX INY CPY #12 BMI PTL4 ;if not done JSR PHL ;load and initialize peripheral han: BMI PTL1 ;if error PLA ;Re-do the put byte call, TAX ;this time calling real handler PLA TAY LDA ICPTHZ PHA ;(Put byte entry address minus one) LDA ICPTLZ PHA TYA LDY #FNCNOT RTS ;invoke handler (address on stack) SUBTTL '$EF6B Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $EF6B SPACE 4,10 ** EF6B - $EF6B Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, initiate cass: JMP ICR ;initiate cassette READ, return SUBTTL 'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 2' SPACE 4,10 ** SIN - Initialize Screen * * ENTRY JSR SIN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SIN = * ;entry LDA #$FF ;clear code indicator STA CH ;key code LDA RAMSIZ ;size of RAM STA RAMTOP ;RAM size LDA #$40 ;CAPS lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags LDA #low TCKD ;table of character key def: STA KEYDEF ;key definition table addre: LDA #high TCKD STA KEYDEF+1 LDA #low TFKD ;table of function key defi: STA FKDEF ;function key definition ta: LDA #high TFKD STA FKDEF+1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SOP - Perform Screen OPEN * * ENTRY JSR SOP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SOP = * ;entry ; Check mode. LDA ICAX2Z AND #$0F BNE COC ;if not mode 0, complete OPEN comma: ; Process mode 0. ; JMP EOP ;perform editor OPEN, return SPACE 4,10 ** EOP - Perform Editor OPEN * * ENTRY JSR EOP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EOP = * ;entry LDA ICAX1Z AND #$0F STA ICAX1Z LDA #0 ; JMP COC ;complete OPEN command, return SPACE 4,10 ** COC - Complete OPEN Command * * ENTRY JSR COC * A = mode * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 COC = * ;entry ; Check mode. STA DINDEX ;save mode CMP #16 BCC COC1 ;if mode within range ; Process invalid mode LDA #BADMOD JMP COC17 ; Initialize for OPEN. COC1 LDA #high DCSORG ;high domestic character se: STA CHBAS ;character set base LDA #high ICSORG ;high international charact: STA CHSALT ;alternate character set ba: LDA #2 STA CHACT STA SDMCTL ;turn off DMA LDA #SUCCES STA DSTAT ;clear status LDA #$C0 ;enable IRQ ORA POKMSK STA POKMSK STA IRQEN ; Set DLI status. LDA #$40 ;disable DLI STA NMIEN BIT FINE BPL COC2 ;if not fine scrolling (VBL: LDA #low FDL STA VDSLST ;DLI vector LDA #high FDL STA VDSLST+1 LDA #$C0 COC2 STA NMIEN ; Clear control. LDA #0 STA TINDEX ;clear text index (must alw: STA ADRESS STA SWPFLG STA CRSINH ; Set initial tab stops. LDY #14 ;offset to last byte of bit: LDA #$01 ;tab stop every 8 character: COC3 STA TABMAP,Y ;set tab stop DEY BPL COC3 ;if not done ; Load initialize color register shadows. LDX #4 ;offset to last color regis: COC4 LDA TDSC,X ;default screen color STA COLOR0,X ;set color register shadow DEX BPL COC4 ;if not done ; Set up. LDY RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size DEY ;decrement (high) RAM size STY TXTMSC+1 LDA #low [$0000-160] ;low RAM size = 160 STA TXTMSC LDX DINDEX ;mode LDA TAGM,X ;convert to ANTIC code STA HOLD1 ;ANTIC code LDA RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size STA ADRESS+1 ; Allocate memory. LDY TSMA,X ;number of 40-byte blocks t: COC5 LDA #40 ;40 bytes JSR DBS ;perform double byte subtra: DEY BNE COC5 ;if not done ; Clear GTIA modes. LDA GPRIOR AND #$3F ;clear GTIA modes STA OPNTMP+1 TAY ; Determine mode. CPX #8 BCC COC7 ;if mode < 8 CPX #15 BEQ COC6 ;if mode 15 CPX #12 BCS COC7 ;if mode >= 12 ; Process mode 9, 10 and 11. TXA ;mode ROR A ROR A ROR A AND #$C0 ;extract 2 low bits (in 2 h: ORA OPNTMP+1 TAY ; Establish line boundary at X000. COC6 LDA #16 ;subtract 16 for page bound: JSR DBS ;perform double byte subtra: ; Check for mode 11. CPX #11 BNE COC7 ;if mode 11 ; Set GTIA luminance. LDA #6 ;GTIA luminance value STA COLOR4 ;background color ; Set new priority. COC7 STY GPRIOR ;new priority ; Set memory scan counter. LDA ADRESS ;memory scan counter STA SAVMSC ;save memory scan counter LDA ADRESS+1 STA SAVMSC+1 ; Wait for VBLANK. COC8 LDA VCOUNT CMP #$7A BNE COC8 ;if VBLANK has not occured ; Put display list under RAM. JSR DSD ;perform double byte single: LDA TDLV,X ;display list vulnerability BEQ COC9 ;if not vulnerable LDA #$FF STA ADRESS DEC ADRESS+1 ;drop down 1 page COC9 JSR DDD ;perform double byte double: LDA ADRESS ;end of display list STA SAVADR ;save address LDA ADRESS+1 STA SAVADR+1 ; Set up. LDA #$41 ;ANTIC wait for VBLANK and : JSR SDI ;store data indirect STX OPNTMP LDA #24 STA BOTSCR ;screen bottom ; Check for modes 9 ,10 and 11. LDA DINDEX ;mode CMP #12 BCS COC10 ;if mode >= 12, mixed mode : CMP #9 BCS COC12 ;if mode >= 9, mixed mode n: ; Check for mixed mode. COC10 LDA ICAX1Z AND #MXDMOD BEQ COC12 ;if not mixed mode ; Process mixed mode. LDA #4 STA BOTSCR ;screen bottom LDX #2 LDA FINE BEQ COC11 ;if not fine scrolling JSR SSE ;set scrolling display list: COC11 LDA #$02 JSR SDF ;store data indirect for fi: DEX BPL COC11 ;if not done ; Reload MSC for text. LDY RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size DEY ;decrement (high) RAM size TYA JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #low [$0000-160] ;low RAM size = 160 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$42 ;fine scrolling JSR SDF ;store data indirect CLC LDA #MXDMOD ADC OPNTMP TAY LDX TDLE,Y BNE COC13 ; Check mode. COC12 LDY OPNTMP LDX TDLE,Y ;number of display list ent: LDA DINDEX ;mode BNE COC13 ;if not mode 0 ; Check for fine scrolling. LDA FINE ;fine scrolling flag BEQ COC13 ;if not fine scrolling ; Process fine scrolling. JSR SSE ;set scrolling display list: LDA #$22 STA HOLD1 ; Continue. COC13 LDA HOLD1 JSR SDI ;store data indirect DEX BNE COC13 ;if not done ; Determine mode. LDA DINDEX ;mode CMP #8 BCC COC16 ;if mode < 8 CMP #15 BEQ COC14 ;if mode 15 CMP #12 BCS COC16 ;if mode >= 12 ; Process modes 8, 9, 10, 11 and 15. COC14 LDX #93 ;remaining number of DLE's LDA RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size SEC SBC #high $1000 ;subtract 4K JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #low $0000 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA HOLD1 ;ANTIC MSC code ORA #$40 JSR SDI ;store data indirect COC15 LDA HOLD1 ;remaining DLE's JSR SDI ;store data indirect DEX BNE COC15 ;if DLE's remain ; Complete display list with LMS. COC16 LDA SAVMSC+1 ;high saved memory scan cou: JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA SAVMSC ;low saved memory scan coun: JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA HOLD1 ORA #$40 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$70 ;8 blank lines JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$70 ;8 blank lines JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA ADRESS ;display list address STA SDLSTL ;save display list address LDA ADRESS+1 STA SDLSTL+1 LDA #$70 ;8 blank lines JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA ADRESS ;display list address STA MEMTOP ;update top of memory LDA ADRESS+1 STA MEMTOP+1 LDY #1 ;offset LDA SDLSTL ;saved display list address STA (SAVADR),Y INY LDA SDLSTL+1 STA (SAVADR),Y ; Check status. LDA DSTAT ;status BPL COC18 ;if no error ; Process error. COC17 STA DERRF ;screen OPEN error flag JSR EOP ;perform editor OPEN LDA DERRF ;restore status LDY #0 ;no screen OPEN error indic: STY DERRF ;screen OPEN error flag TAY ;status RTS ;return ; Check clear inhibit. COC18 LDA ICAX1Z AND #$20 ;extract clear inhibit bit BNE COC19 ;if clear inhibited ; Clear screen. JSR CSC ;clear screen STA TXTROW ;set cursor at top row LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA TXTCOL ;set cursor at left margin ; Exit. COC19 LDA #$22 ;turn on DMA control ORA SDMCTL STA SDMCTL JMP SEC ;set exit conditions, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** SGB - Perform Screen GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR SGB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SGB = * ;entry JSR CCR ;check cursor range JSR GDC ;get data under cursor JSR CIA ;convert internal character to ATAS: JSR SZA ;set zero data and advance cursor JMP SST ;perform screen STATUS, return SPACE 4,10 ** GDC - Get Data Under Cursor * * ENTRY JSR GDC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 GDC = * ;entry JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: LDA (ADRESS),Y AND DMASK GDC1 LSR SHFAMT ;shift data down to low bits BCS GDC2 ;if done LSR A BPL GDC1 ;continue shifting GDC2 STA CHAR CMP #0 ;restore flags F1A3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SPB - Perform Screen PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR SPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SPB = * ;entry STA ATACHR ; JSR ROD ;restore old data under cursor CMP #CLS BNE SPB1 ;if not clear screen JSR CSC ;clear screen JMP SEC ;set exit contitions, return SPB1 JSR CCR ;check cursor range ; JMP CEL ;check EOL, return SPACE 4,10 ** CEL - Check End of Line * * ENTRY JSR CEL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CEL = * ;entry LDA ATACHR CMP #EOL BNE CEL1 ;if not EOL JSR RWS ;return with scrolling JMP SEC ;set exit conditions, return CEL1 JSR PLO ;plot point JSR SEA ;set EOL data and advance cursor JMP SEC ;set exit conditions, return SPACE 4,10 ** PLO - Plot Point * * ENTRY JSR PLO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PLO = * ;entry ; Wait for start/stop flag clear. PLO0 LDA SSFLAG ;start/stop flag BNE PLO0 ;if start/stop flag non-zer: ; Save cursor row/column. LDX #2 ;offset to last byte PLO1 LDA ROWCRS,X ;byte of cursor row/column STA OLDROW,X ;save byte of cursor row/co: DEX BPL PLO1 ;if not done ; Convert ATASCII character to internal. LDA ATACHR ;character TAY ;character ROL A ROL A ROL A ROL A AND #3 TAX ;index into TAIC TYA ;character AND #$9F ;strip off column address ORA TAIC,X ;or in new column address ; JMP SPQ ;display, return SPACE 4,10 ** SPQ - Display * * ENTRY JSR SPQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SPQ = * ;entry ; Set CHAR. STA CHAR ;character ; Convert cursor row/column to address. JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column : ; Shift up to proper position. LDA CHAR ;character SPQ1 LSR SHFAMT BCS SPQ2 ;if done ASL A JMP SPQ1 ;continue shifting ; Update data. SPQ2 AND DMASK STA TMPCHR ;save shifted data LDA DMASK ;display mask EOR #$FF ;complement display mask AND (ADRESS),Y ;mask off old data ORA TMPCHR ;or in new data STA (ADRESS),Y ;update data RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SEC - Set Exit Conditions * * ENTRY JSR SEC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEC = * ;entry JSR GDC ;get data under cursor STA OLDCHR LDX DINDEX ;mode BNE SST ;if graphics, no cursor LDX CRSINH ;cursor inhibit flag BNE SST ;if cursor inhibited EOR #$80 ;complement most significant bit JSR SPQ ;display ; JMP SST ;perform screen status, return SPACE 4,10 ** SST - Perform Screen STATUS * * ENTRY JSR SST * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SST = * ;entry LDY DSTAT ;status JMP SST1 ;continue SUBTTL '$F223 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $F223 SPACE 4,10 ** F223 - $F223 Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, perform power-up display. PPD = * ;entry JMP SES ;select and execute self-test SUBTTL 'Keyboard, Editor and Screen Handler, Part 3' SPACE 4,10 ; Continue. SST1 LDA #SUCCES ;indicate success STA DSTAT ;status LDA ATACHR ;data ; JMP ESP ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ESP - Perform Editor SPECIAL * * ESP does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR ESP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESP = * ;entry RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** ECL - Perform Editor CLOSE * * ENTRY JSR ECL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ECL = * ;entry ; Check for fine scrolling. BIT FINE ;fine scrolling flag BPL SST ;if not fine scrolling, perform STA: ; Process fine scrolling. LDA #$40 STA NMIEN ;disable DLI LDA #0 ;clear fine scrolling flag STA FINE LDA #low RIR ;return from interrupt rout: STA VDSLST ;restore initial DLI vector: LDA #high RIR STA VDSLST+1 JMP EOP ;perform editor OPEN, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** EGB - Perform Editor GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR EGB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EGB = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR SWA ;swap JSR CRE ;check cursor range for editor LDA BUFCNT ;buffer count BNE EGB4 ;if something in the buffer ; Get line. LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA BUFSTR ;buffer start pointer LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column STA BUFSTR+1 ;high buffer start pointer EGB1 JSR KGB ;perform keyboard GET-BYTE STY DSTAT ;status LDA ATACHR ;ATASCII character CMP #EOL BEQ EGB3 ;if EOL JSR PCH ;process character JSR SWA ;swap LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP #113 ;column near column 120 BNE EGB2 ; if not near column 120, no beep JSR BEL ;beep EGB2 JMP EGB1 ;process new character ; Process EOL. EGB3 JSR ROD ;restore old data under cur: JSR CBC ;compute buffer count LDA BUFSTR ;buffer start pointer STA ROWCRS ;cursor row LDA BUFSTR+1 ;high buffer start pointer STA COLCRS ;low cursor column ; Check buffer count. EGB4 LDA BUFCNT ;buffer count BEQ EGB6 ;if buffer count zero ; Decrement and check buffer count. EGB5 DEC BUFCNT ;decrement buffer count BEQ EGB6 ;if buffer count zero ; Check status. LDA DSTAT ;status BMI EGB5 ;if error, continue decrementing. ; Perform GET-BYTE. JSR SGB ;perform screen GET-BYTE STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JMP SWA ;swap, return ; Exit. EGB6 JSR RWS ;return with scrolling LDA #EOL STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JSR SEC ;set exit conditions STY DSTAT ;status JMP SWA ;swap, return SPACE 4,10 ** IRA - Invoke Routine Pointed to by ADRESS * * ENTRY JSR IRA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IRA = * ;entry JMP (ADRESS) ;execute, return SPACE 4,10 ** EPB - Perform Editor PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR EPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 EPB = * ;entry STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JSR SWA ;swap JSR CRE ;check cursor range for editor LDA #0 STA SUPERF ;clear super function flag ; JMP PCH ;process character, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCH - Process Character * * PCH displays the character or processes control cha: * super functions (shifted function keys). * * ENTRY JSR PCH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCH = * ;entry JSR ROD ;restore old data under cursor JSR CCC ;check for control character BEQ PCH2 ;if control character ; Display character. PCH1 ASL ESCFLG ;escape flag JSR CEL ;check EOL JMP SWA ;swap, return ; Process control character. PCH2 LDA DSPFLG ;display flag ORA ESCFLG ;escape flag BNE PCH1 ;if display or escape, display chara: ; Continue. ASL ESCFLG INX ; Check for super function. LDA SUPERF BEQ PCH3 ;if not super function ; Adjust for super function. TXA CLC ADC #TSFR-TCCR-3 TAX ;adjusted offset ; Process control character or super function. PCH3 LDA TCCR,X ;low routine address STA ADRESS LDA TCCR+1,X ;high routine address STA ADRESS+1 JSR IRA ;invoke routine pointed to : JSR SEC ;set exit conditions JMP SWA ;swap, return SPACE 4,10 ** IGN - Ignore Character and Perform Keyboard GET-BYT: * * ENTRY JSR IGN * * EXIT * CH = $FF * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 IGN = * ;entry LDA #$FF ;clear code indicator STA CH ;key code ; JMP KGB ;perform keyboard GET-BYTE, return SPACE 4,10 ** KGB - Perform Keyboard GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR KGB * * NOTES * Problem: byte wasted by unnecessary TAX nea: * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KGB = * ;entry ; Initialize. KGB1 LDA #0 STA SUPERF ;clear super function flag ; Check for special edit read mode. LDA ICAX1Z LSR A BCS KGB11 ;if special edit read mode ; Check for BREAK abort. LDA #BRKABT ;assume BREAK abort LDX BRKKEY ;BREAK key flag BEQ KGB10 ;if BREAK abort ; Check for character. LDA CH ;key code CMP #$FF ;clear code indicator BEQ KGB1 ;if no character ; Process character. STA HOLDCH ;save character LDX #$FF ;clear code indicator STX CH ;key code ; Sound key click if desired. LDX NOCLIK ;click inhibit flag BNE KGB2 ;if click inhibited JSR SKC ;sound key click ; Set offset to key definition. KGB2 TAY ;save character ; Check for CTRL and SHIFT together. CPY #$C0 BCS IGN ;if CTRL and SHIFT together, ignore ; Convert to ATASCII character. LDA (KEYDEF),Y ;ATASCII character ; Set ATASCII character. KGB3 STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character TAX BMI KGB4 ;if special key JMP KGB17 ;process shift/control lock ; Check for null character. KGB4 CMP #$80 BEQ IGN ;if null, ignore ; Check for inverse video key. CMP #$81 BNE KGB5 ;if not inverse video key ; Process inverse video key. LDA INVFLG EOR #$80 STA INVFLG BCS IGN ;ignore ; Check for CAPS key. KGB5 CMP #$82 BNE KGB6 ;if not CAPS key ; Process CAPS key. LDA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags BEQ KGB7 ;if no lock, process CAPS lock LDA #$00 ;no lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shoft/control lock flags BEQ IGN ;ignore ; Check for SHIFT-CAPS key. KGB6 CMP #$83 BNE KGB8 ;if not SHIFT-CAPS ; Process SHIFT-CAPS key. KGB7 LDA #$40 ;CAPS lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags BNE IGN ;ignore ; Check for CTRL-CAPS key. KGB8 CMP #$84 BNE KGB9 ;if not CTRL-CAPS ; Process CTRL-CAPS key. LDA #$80 ;control lock indicator STA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags JMP IGN ;ignore ; Check for CTRL-3 key. KGB9 CMP #$85 BNE KGB12 ;if not CTRL-3 key. ; Process CTRL-3 key. LDA #EOFERR ; Set status and BREAK key flag. KGB10 STA DSTAT ;status STA BRKKEY ;BREAK key flag ; Set EOL character. KGB11 LDA #EOL JMP KGB19 ;set ATASCII character ; Check for CTRL-F3 key. KGB12 CMP #$89 BNE KGB14 ;if not CTRL-F3 key ; Process CTRL-F3 key. LDA NOCLIK ;toggle keyclick status EOR #$FF STA NOCLIK BNE KGB13 ;if click inhibited JSR SKC ;sound key click KGB13 JMP IGN ;ignore ; Check for function key. KGB14 CMP #$8E BCS KGB16 ;if code >= $8E, not a function key CMP #$8A BCC KGB13 ;if code < $8A, not a function key,: ; Process function key. SBC #$8A ;convert $8A - $bD to 0 - 3 ASL HOLDCH ;saved character BPL KGB15 ;if no SHIFT ORA #$04 ;convert 0 - 3 to 4 - 7 KGB15 TAY ;offset to function key def: LDA (FKDEF),Y ;function key JMP KGB3 ;set ATASCII character ; Check for super function. KGB16 CMP #$92 BCS KGB17 ;if code >= $92, process shift/cont: CMP #$8E BCC KGB13 ;if code < $8E, not super function,: ; Process super function. SBC #$8E-$1C ;convert $8E - $91 to $1C -: INC SUPERF ;set super function flag BNE KGB19 ;set ATASCII character ; Process shift/control lock. KGB17 LDA HOLDCH ;saved character CMP #$40 BCS KGB18 ;if not lower case LDA ATACHR ;ATASCII character CMP #'a' BCC KGB18 ;if < "a", do not process CMP #'z'+1 BCS KGB18 ;if > "z", do not process LDA SHFLOK ;shift/control lock flags BEQ KGB18 ;if no lock ORA HOLDCH ;modify character JMP KGB2 ;reprocess character ; Invert character, if necessary. KGB18 JSR CCC ;check for control character BEQ KGB20 ;if control character, do not inver: LDA ATACHR ;ATASCII character EOR INVFLG ;invert character ; Set ATASCII character. KGB19 STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character ; Exit KGB20 JMP SST ;perform screen status, return SPACE 4,10 ** ESC - Escape * * ENTRY JSR ESC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ESC = * ;entry LDA #$80 ;indicate escape detected STA ESCFLG ;escape flag RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CUP - Move Cursor Up * * ENTRY JSR CUP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CUP = * ;entry DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row BPL CUP2 ;if row positive LDX BOTSCR ;screen bottom DEX ;screen bottom - 1 CUP1 STX ROWCRS ;update cursor row CUP2 JMP SBS ;set buffer start and logical colum: SPACE 4,10 ** CDN - Move Cursor Down * * ENTRY JSR CDN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CDN = * ;entry INC ROWCRS ;increment cursor row LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CMP BOTSCR ;screen bottom BCC CUP2 ;if at bottom, set buffer start, re: LDX #0 BEQ CUP1 ;update cursor row, return SPACE 4,10 ** CLF - Move Cursor Left * * ENTRY JSR CLF * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLF = * ;entry DEC COLCRS ;decrement low cursor column LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column BMI CRM ;if negative, move cursor to margin: CMP LMARGN ;left margin BCS SCC1 ;if at left margin, set logical col: ; JMP CRM ;move cursor to right margin, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** CRM - Move Cursor to Right Margin * * ENTRY JSR CRM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRM = * ;entry LDA RMARGN ;right margin ; JMP SCC ;set cursor column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SCC - Set Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SCC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCC = * ;entry STA COLCRS ;set low cursor column SCC1 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** CRT - Move Cursor Right * * ENTRY JSR CRT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRT = * ;entry INC COLCRS ;increment low cursor column LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BCC SCC1 ;if before right margin, process, r: BEQ SCC1 ;if at right margin ; JMP CLM ;move cursor to left margin, return SPACE 4,10 ** CLM - Move Cursor to Left Margin * * ENTRY JSR CLM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLM = * ;entry LDA LMARGN ;left margin JMP SCC ;set cursor column, return SPACE 4,10 ** CSC - Clear Screen * * ENTRY JSR CSC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CSC = * ;entry ; Set memory scan counter address. JSR SMS ;set memory scan counter ad: ; Clear address. LDY ADRESS LDA #0 STA ADRESS CSC1 STA (ADRESS),Y INY BNE CSC1 ;if not done with page INC ADRESS+1 LDX ADRESS+1 CPX RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size BCC CSC1 ;if not done ; Clean up logical line bit map ; LDY #0 ;offset to first byte of bi: LDA #$FF CSC2 STA LOGMAP,Y ;byte of logical line bit m: INY CPY #4 ;4 bytes BCC CSC2 ;if not done ; Exit. ; JMP CHM ;move cursor home, return SPACE 4,10 ** CHM - Move Cursor Home * * ENTRY JSR CHM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CHM = * ;entry JSR SCL ;set cursor at left edge STA LOGCOL ;logical column STA BUFSTR+1 ;high buffer start LDA #0 STA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column STA BUFSTR ;low buffer start pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BSP - Backspace * * ENTRY JSR BSP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BSP = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BEQ BSP3 ;if at left margin LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE BSP1 ;if not atleft margin JSR DWQ ;see if line should be deleted BSP1 JSR CLF ;move cursor left LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BNE BSP2 ;if not at right margin LDA ROWCRS ;cursor low BEQ BSP2 ;if row zero JSR CUP ;move cursor up BSP2 LDA #' ' STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character JSR PLO ;plot point BSP3 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** TAB - Tab * * ENTRY JSR TAB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 TAB = * ;entry TAB1 JSR CRT ;move cursor right LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE TAB2 ;if not at left margin JSR RET ;return JSR BLG ;get bit from logical line bit map BCS TAB3 ;if end of logical line ; Check for tab stop. TAB2 LDA LOGCOL ;logical column JSR BMG ;set bit from bit map BCC TAB1 ;if not tab stop, keep looking ; Set logical lolumn TAB3 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** STB - Set Tab * * ENTRY JSR STB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STB = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column JMP BMS ;set bit in bit map, retrun SPACE 4,10 ** CTB - Clear Tab * * ENTRY JSR CTB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CTB = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column JMP BMC ;clear bit in bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** ICH - Insert Character * * ENTRY JSR ICH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICH = * ;entry JSR SRC ;save row and column JSR GDC ;get data under cursor STA INSDAT LDA #0 STA SCRFLG ICH1 JSR SPQ ;store data LDA LOGCOL ;logical column PHA ;save logical column JSR ACC ;advance cursor column PLA ;saved logical column CMP LOGCOL ;logical column BCS ICH2 ;if saved logical column >= logical: LDA INSDAT PHA JSR GDC ;get data under cursor STA INSDAT PLA JMP ICH1 ;continue ; Exit. ICH2 JSR RRC ;restore row and column ICH3 DEC SCRFLG BMI ICH4 ;if scroll occured DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row BNE ICH3 ;continue ICH4 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** DCH - Delete Character * * ENTRY JSR DCH * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DCH = * ;entry ; Save row and column. JSR SRC ;save row and column ; Get data to the right of cursor. DCH1 JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: LDA ADRESS STA SAVADR ;save address LDA ADRESS+1 STA SAVADR+1 LDA LOGCOL ;logical column PHA ;save lgical column JSR SZA ;set zero data and advance cursor PLA ;saved logical column CMP LOGCOL ;logical column BCS DCH2 ;if saved logical column >= logical LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CMP BOTSCR ;screen bottom BCS DCH2 ;if row off screem, exit JSR GDC ;get data under cursor LDY #0 STA (SAVADR),Y ;put data in previous posit: BEQ DCH1 ;continue DCH2 LDY #0 TYA STA (SAVADR),Y ;clear last position JSR DQQ ;try to delete a line JSR RRC ;restore row and column JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** ILN - Insert Line * * ENTRY JSR ILN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ILN = * ;entry SEC ; JMP ILN1 SPACE 4,10 ** ILN1 - Insert Line * * ENTRY JSR ILN1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ILN1 = * ;entry JSR ELL ;extend logical line LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA COLCRS ;low cursor column JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: JSR MLN ;move line JSR CLN ;clear current line JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** DLN - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DLN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLN = * ;entry JSR SLC ;set logical column LDY HOLD1 STY ROWCRS ;cursor row ; JMP DLN1 SPACE 4,10 ** DLN1 - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DLN1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DLN1 = * ;entry DLN0 LDY ROWCRS ;cursor row DLN2 TYA SEC JSR BLG2 ;get next bit PHP TYA CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: PLP JSR BMP ;put bit in bit map INY CPY #24 BNE DLN2 ;if not done LDA LOGMAP+2 ORA #1 ;set least significant bit STA LOGMAP+2 ;update logical line bit ma: LDA #0 ;delete line of data STA COLCRS ;low cursor column JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column : JSR SSD ;scroll screen for delete ; Check for new logical line. JSR BLG ;get bit from logical line : BCC DLN0 ;if not new logical line ; Move cursor to left margin. JMP CLM ;move cursor to left margin: SPACE 4,10 ** BEL - Sound Bell * * ENTRY JSR BEL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BEL = * ;entry LDY #$20 BEL1 JSR SKC ;sound key click DEY BPL BEL1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBT - Move Cursor to Bottom * * ENTRY JSR CBT * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBT = * ;entry JSR CHM ;move cursor home JMP CUP ;move cursor up, return SPACE 4,10 ** DDD - Perform Double Byte Double Decrement * * ENTRY JSR DDD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DDD = * ;entry LDA #2 ;indicate subtracting 2 BNE DBS ;perform double byte subtract, retu: SPACE 4,10 ** SDF - Store Data Indirect for Fine Scrolling * * ENTRY JSR SDF * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDF = * ;entry LDY FINE BEQ SDI ;if not fine scrolling ORA #$20 ;enable vertical scroll ; JMP SDI ;store data indirect, return SPACE 4,10 ** SDI - Store Data Indirect * * ENTRY JSR SDI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDI = * ;entry ; Check current status. LDY DSTAT ;status BMI DBS3 ;if error, return ; Store data. LDY #0 STA (ADRESS),Y ; Decrement. ; JMP DSD ;perform double byte single decreme: SPACE 4,10 ** DSD - Perform Double Byte Single Decrement * * ENTRY JSR DSD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DSD = * ;entry LDA #1 ;indicate subtracting 1 ; JMP DBS ;perform double byte subtract, retu: SPACE 4,10 ** DBS - Perform Double Byte Subtract * * ENTRY JSR DBS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DBS = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA SUBTMP ; Check current status. LDA DSTAT ;status BMI DBS3 ;if error ; Subtract. LDA ADRESS SEC SBC SUBTMP STA ADRESS BCS DBS1 ;if no borrow DEC ADRESS+1 ;adjust high byte ; Check for overwriting APPMHI. DBS1 LDA APPMHI+1 CMP ADRESS+1 BCC DBS3 ;if not overwriting APPMHI BNE DBS2 ;if overwriting APPMHI, err: LDA APPMHI CMP ADRESS BCC DBS3 ;if not overwriting APPMHI ; Process error. DBS2 LDA #SCRMEM ;indicate insufficient memo: STA DSTAT ;status ; Exit. DBS3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SSE - Set Scrolling Display List Entry * * Store extra line in display list for fine scrolling: * * ENTRY JSR SSE * * MODS * H. Stewart 06/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSE = * ;entry LDA #$02 JSR SDI ;store data indirect LDA #$A2 ;DLI on last visible line JSR SDI ;store data indirect DEX RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CCA - Convert Cursor Row/Column to Address * * ENTRY JSR CCA * * MODS * L. Winner 06/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCA = * ;entry LDX #1 STX MLTTMP ;initialize DEX STX ADRESS+1 ;clear high address LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row position ASL A ;2 times row position ROL ADRESS+1 ASL A ;4 time row position ROL ADRESS+1 ADC ROWCRS ;add to get 5 times row pos: STA ADRESS BCC CCA1 INC ADRESS+1 CCA1 LDY DINDEX ;mode LDX TLSC,Y ;left shift count CCA2 ASL ADRESS ;ADRESS = ADRESS*X ROL ADRESS+1 ;divide DEX BNE CCA2 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column LSR A ;save least significant bit LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column LDX TRSC,Y ;right shift count BEQ CCA4 ;if no shift CCA3 ROR A ;roll in carry ASL MLTTMP ;shift index DEX BNE CCA3 CCA4 ADC ADRESS ;add address BCC CCA5 ;if no carry INC ADRESS+1 ;adjuct high address CCA5 CLC ADC SAVMSC ;add saved memory scan coun: STA ADRESS ;update address STA OLDADR ;save address LDA ADRESS+1 ADC SAVMSC+1 STA ADRESS+1 STA OLDADR+1 LDX TRSC,Y LDA TMSK,X AND COLCRS ;and in low cursor column ADC OPNTMP TAY LDA TDSM-1,Y ;display mask STA DMASK ;display mask STA SHFAMT LDY #0 CCA6 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SZA - Set Zero Data and Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SZA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SZA = * ;entry LDA #0 BEQ SDA ;set data and advance cursor SPACE 4,10 ** SEA - Set EOL Data and Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SEA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEA = * ;entry LDA #EOL ;special case eliminator ; JMP SDA ;set data and advance cursor, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** SDA - Set Data and Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR SDA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDA = * ;entry STA INSDAT ;set data ; JMP ACC ;advance cursor column, return SPACE 4,10 ** ACC - Advance Cursor Column * * ENTRY JSR ACC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ACC = * ;entry INC LOGCOL ;increment logical column INC COLCRS ;increment low cursor colum: BNE ACC1 ;if no carry INC COLCRS+1 ;adjust high cursor column ACC1 LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column LDX DINDEX ;mode CMP TMCC,X BEQ ACC2 ;if equal, process EOL CPX #0 BNE CCA6 ;if not mode 0, exit CMP RMARGN ;right margin BEQ CCA6 ;if at right margin, exit BCC CCA6 ;if before right margin, ex: ACC2 CPX #8 BNE ACC3 ;if not mode 8 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BEQ CCA6 ;if only at 64 ACC3 LDA DINDEX ;mode BNE RET ;if mode 0, exit LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP #81 BCC ACC4 ;if < 81, definitely not li: LDA INSDAT BEQ RET ;if non-zero, do not do log: JSR RWS ;return with scrolling JMP RET5 ;return ACC4 JSR RET ;return LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: JSR BMG ;ger bit from bit map BCC ACC5 LDA INSDAT BEQ ACC5 ;if zero, do not extend CLC JSR ILN1 ;insert line ACC5 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** RWS - Return with Scrolling * * ENTRY JSR RWS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RWS = * ;entry LDA #EOL ;select scrolling STA INSDAT ; JMP RET ;return, return . SPACE 4,10 ** RET - Return * * ENTRY JSR RET * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RET = * ;entry JSR SCL ;set cursor at left edge LDA #0 STA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column INC ROWCRS ;increment cursor row LDX DINDEX LDY #24 ;assume 24 lines BIT SWPFLG BPL RET1 ;if normal LDY #4 ;substitute 4 lines TYA BNE RET2 RET1 LDA TMRC,X ;mode row count RET2 CMP ROWCRS ;cursor row BNE RET5 STY HOLD3 TXA ;mode BNE RET5 ;if mode not 0, do not scroll LDA INSDAT BEQ RET5 ;if zero, do not scroll ; If EOL, roll in a 0. CMP #EOL ;to extend bottom logical line BEQ RET3 ;if EOL CLC RET3 JSR SCR INC SCRFLG DEC BUFSTR BPL RET4 INC BUFSTR RET4 DEC HOLD3 LDA LOGMAP SEC ;indicate for partial line BPL RET3 ;if partial logical line LDA HOLD3 STA ROWCRS ;cursor row RET5 JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SEP - Subtract End Point * * ENTRY JSR SEP * X = 0, if row or 2, if column * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SEP = * ;entry SEC LDA ROWAC,X ;low value from which to su: SBC ENDPT STA ROWAC,X ;new low value LDA ROWAC+1,X ;hogh value from which to s: SBC ENDPT+1 STA ROWAC+1,X ;new high value RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CRE - Check Cursor Range for Editor * * ENTRY JSR SEP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRE = * ;entry ; Check for mixed mode. LDA BOTSCR CMP #4 ;mixed mode indicator BEQ CCR ;if mixed mode, check cursor range,: ; Check for mode 0. LDA DINDEX ;mode BEQ CCR ;if mode 0, check ursor usage ; Open editor. JSR EOP ;perform editor OPEN ; JMP CCR ;check cursor range, return SPACE 4,10 ** CCR - Check Cursor Range * * ENTRY JSR CCR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCR = * ;entry LDA #39 CMP RMARGN ;right margin BCS CCR1 ;if 39 >= right margin STA RMARGN ;set right margin CCR1 LDX DINDEX LDA TMRC,X ;mode row count CMP ROWCRS ;cursor row BCC CCR5 ;if count > row position, e: BEQ CCR5 ;if count = row position, e: CPX #8 BNE CCR2 ;if not mode 8 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BEQ CCR4 ;if high cursor column zero CMP #1 BNE CCR5 ;if >1, bad BEQ CCR3 ;if 1, check low CCR2 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BNE CCR5 ;if high cursor column non-: CCR3 LDA TMCC,X ;mode column count CMP COLCRS ;low cursor column BCC CCR5 ;if count > column position: BEQ CCR5 ;if count = column position: CCR4 LDA #SUCCES ;success indicator STA DSTAT ;indicate success LDA #BRKABT ;assume BREAK abort LDX BRKKEY ;BREAK key status STA BRKKEY ;clear BREAK key status BEQ CCR6 ;if BREAK RTS ;return ; Process range error. CCR5 JSR CHM ;move cursor home LDA #CRSROR ;indicate cursor overrange ; Exit. CCR6 STA DSTAT ;status PLA ;clean stack for return to : PLA LDA SWPFLG BPL CCR7 ;if not swapped JMP SWA ;swap, return CCR7 JMP SST ;return (to CIO) SPACE 4,10 ** ROD - Restore Old Data under Cursor * * ENTRY JSR ROD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ROD = * ;entry LDY #0 LDA OLDADR+1 BEQ ROD1 ;if page zero LDA OLDCHR ;old data STA (OLDADR),Y ROD1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BMI - Initialize for Bit Map Operation * * BMI sets the bit mask in BITMSK and byte offset in : * * ENTRY JSR BMI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMI = * ;entry PHA ;save logical column AND #7 ;logical column modulo 8 TAX ;offset to bit mask LDA TBTM,X ;bit mask STA BITMSK ;set bit mask PLA ;logical column LSR A LSR A LSR A ;logical column divided by 8 TAX ;offset RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BLR - Rotate Logical Line Bit Map Left * * BLR rotates the logical line bit map left, scrollin: * logical lines up. * * ENTRY JSR BLR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLR = * ;entry ROL LOGMAP+2 ROL LOGMAP+1 ROL LOGMAP RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BMP - Put Bit in Bit Map * * PUT CARRY INTO BITMAP * * ENTRY JSR BMP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMP = * ;entry BCC BMC ;if C clear, clear bit in bit map,: ; JMP BMS ;set bit in bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** BMS - Set Bit in Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BMS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMS = * ;entry JSR BMI ;initialize for bit mask op: LDA TABMAP,X ORA BITMSK ;set bit STA TABMAP,X ;update bit map RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BMC - Clear Bit in Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BMC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMC = * ;entry JSR BMI ;initialize for bit mask op: LDA BITMSK EOR #$FF AND TABMAP,X ;clear bit STA TABMAP,X ;update bit map RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** BLG - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BLG * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLG = * ;entry LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row ; JMP BLG1 SPACE 4,10 ** BLG1 - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BLG1 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLG1 = * ;entry CLC ; JMP BLG2 SPACE 4,10 ** BLG2 - Get Bit from Logical Line Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BLG2 * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BLG2 = * ;entry ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: ; JMP BMG ;get bit from bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** BMG - Get Bit from Bit Map * * ENTRY JSR BMG * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 BMG = * ;entry JSR BMI ;initialize for bit mask operation CLC LDA TABMAP,X AND BITMSK BEQ BMG1 SEC BMG1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CIA - Convert Internal Character to ATASCII * * ENTRY JSR CIA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIA = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA CHAR ; Check mode. LDY DINDEX ;mode CPY #14 BCS CIA2 ;if mode >= 14 CPY #12 BCS CIA1 ;if mode 12 or 13 CPY #3 BCS CIA2 ;if mode >= 3 ; Convert internal character to ATASCII. CIA1 ROL A ROL A ROL A ROL A AND #3 TAX LDA CHAR ;character AND #$9F ;strip off cloumn address ORA TIAC,X ;or in new column address ; Exit. CIA2 STA ATACHR ;ATASCII character CIA3 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** MLN - Move Line * * ENTRY JSR MLN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 MLN = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX RAMTOP ;(high) RAM size DEX ;decrement (high) RAM size STX FRMADR+1 ;high source address STX TOADR+1 ;high destination address LDA #low [$0000-80] ;low RAM size - 80 STA FRMADR ;low source address LDA #low [$0000-40] ;low RAM size - 40 STA TOADR ;low destination address LDX ROWCRS ;cursor row ; Check for completion. MLN1 INX CPX BOTSCR ;screen bottom BEQ CIA3 ;if done, return ; Move line. LDY #39 ;offset to last byte MLN2 LDA (FRMADR),Y ;byte of source STA (TOADR),Y ;byte of destination DEY BPL MLN2 ;if not done ; Adjust source and destination addresses. SEC LDA FRMADR ;source address STA TOADR ;update destination address SBC #low 40 ;subtract 40 STA FRMADR ;update.source address LDA FRMADR+1 STA TOADR+1 SBC #high 40 STA FRMADR+1 ; Continue. JMP MLN1 ;continue SPACE 4,10 ** ELL - Extend Logical Line * * ENTRY JSR ELL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ELL = * ;entry PHP ;save bit LDY #22 ELL1 TYA JSR BLG1 PHP TYA CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP]+1 ;add offset for log: PLP JSR BMP ;put bit in bit map DEY BMI ELL2 CPY ROWCRS ;cursor row BCS ELL1 ELL2 LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row CLC ADC #8*[LOGMAP-TABMAP] ;add offset for log: PLP JMP BMP ;put bit in bit map, return SPACE 4,10 ** CLN - Clear Line * * ENTRY JSR CLN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CLN = * ;entry LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA COLCRS ;low cursor column JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: SEC LDA RMARGN ;right margin SBC LMARGN ;subtract left margin TAY ;screen width LDA #0 CLN1 STA (ADRESS),Y DEY BPL CLN1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SCR - Scroll * * ENTRY JSR SCR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCR = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR BLR ;rotate logical line bit map left ; Check for fine scrolling. LDA FINE BEQ SCR5 ;if not fine scrolling SCR1 LDA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count BNE SCR1 ;if prior scroll not yet done LDA #8 STA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count ; Wait forscroll to complete. SCR2 LDA VSFLAG ;vertical scroll count CMP #1 ;start of last scan BNE SCR2 ;if not done waiting SCR3 LDA VCOUNT CMP #$40 BCS SCR3 ;if not done waiting for safe place LDX #$0D LDA BOTSCR CMP #4 BNE SCR4 ;if not split screen LDX #$70 SCR4 CPX VCOUNT BCS SCR4 ;if not done waiting ; Exit. SCR5 JSR SMS ;set memory scan counter address ; JMP SSD ;scroll screen for delete, return SPACE 4,10 ** SSD - Scroll Screen for Delete * * ENTRY JSR SSD * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSD = * ;entry ; Initialize LDA ADRESS ;address LDX ADRESS+1 ; Calculate number of bytes to move. SSD1 INX CPX RAMTOP BEQ SSD2 ;if at RAMTOP SEC SBC #$10 JMP SSD1 ;continue SSD2 ADC #39 ;(CLC and ADC #40) BNE SSD3 ;if byte count non-zero LDX ADRESS+1 INX CPX RAMTOP BEQ SSD6 ;if at RAMTOP CLC ADC #$10 ; Adjust address. SSD3 TAY ;number of bytes STA COUNTR SEC LDA ADRESS SBC COUNTR ;subtract STA ADRESS ;update low address BCS SSD4 ;if no borrow DEC ADRESS+1 ;adjust high address ; Move data down. SSD4 LDA ADRESS CLC ADC #40 STA COUNTR ;address + 40 LDA ADRESS+1 ADC #0 STA COUNTR+1 SSD5 LDA (COUNTR),Y ;byte to move STA (ADRESS),Y ;move byte INY BNE SSD5 ;if not done (256-=16 times) LDY #256-240 LDA ADRESS CMP #-40 BEQ SSD6 ;if all done CLC ADC #240 STA ADRESS ;update low address BCC SSD4 ;if no carry INC ADRESS+1 ;adjust high address BNE SSD4 ;continue ; Clear last line. SSD6 LDX RAMTOP DEX STX COUNTR+1 LDX #-40 STX COUNTR LDA #0 LDY #39 SSD7 STA (COUNTR),Y ;clear byte of last line DEY BPL SSD7 ;if not done ; JMP SLC ;set logical column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SLC - Set Logical Column * * ENTRY JSR SLC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SLC = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #0 STA LOGCOL ;initialize logical column LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA HOLD1 ;working row ; Search for beginning of line. SLC1 LDA HOLD1 ;add in row component JSR BLG1 BCS SLC2 ;if beginning of line found LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CLC ADC #40 ;add number of characters per line STA LOGCOL ;update logical column DEC HOLD1 ;decrement working row JMP SLC1 ;continue ; Add in cursor column. SLC2 CLC LDA LOGCOL ;logical column ADC COLCRS ;add low cursor column STA LOGCOL ;update logical column RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CBC - Compute Buffer Count * * CBC computes the buffer count as the number of byte: * buffer start to the end of the logical line (with t: * spaces removed). * * ENTRY JSR CBC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CBC = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR SRC ;save row and column LDA LOGCOL ;logical column PHA ;save logical column LDA BUFSTR ;start of buffer STA ROWCRS ;cursor row LDA BUFSTR+1 STA COLCRS ;low cursor column LDA #1 STA BUFCNT ;initialize buffer count ; Determine last line on screen. CBC1 LDX #23 ;normal last line on screen LDA SWPFLG BPL CBC2 ;if not swapped LDX #3 ;last line on screen ; Check for cursor on last line of screen. CBC2 CPX ROWCRS ;cursor row BNE CBC3 ;if cursor on last line LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BNE CBC3 ;if not at right margin INC BUFCNT ;fake SEA to avoid scrolling JMP CBC4 CBC3 JSR SZA ;set zero data and advance cursor INC BUFCNT LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE CBC1 ;if not yet at left margin DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row JSR CLF ;move cursor left CBC4 JSR GDC ;get data under cursor BNE CBC6 ;if non-zero, quit DEC BUFCNT ;DECREMENT COUNTER LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BEQ CBC6 ;if beginning of logical line, exit JSR CLF ;move cursor left LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP RMARGN ;right margin BNE CBC5 ;if cursor column not right margin DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row CBC5 LDA BUFCNT BNE CBC4 ;if BUFCNT non-zero, continue CBC6 PLA ;saved logical column STA LOGCOL ;restore logical column JMP RRC ;restore row and column, return SPACE 4,10 ** SBS - Set Bufer Start and Logical Column * * ENTRY JSR SBS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SBS = * ;entry JSR SLC ;set logical column LDA HOLD1 STA BUFSTR LDA LMARGN ;left margin STA BUFSTR+1 SBS1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** DQQ - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DQQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DQQ = * ;entry LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BNE DQQ1 ;if not at left margin DEC ROWCRS ;decrement cursor row DQQ1 JSR SLC ;set logical column ; JMP DWQ SPACE 4,10 ** DWQ - Delete Line * * ENTRY JSR DWQ * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 DWQ = * ;entry ; Check for left margin. LDA LOGCOL ;logical column CMP LMARGN ;left margin BEQ SBS1 ;if at left margin, return JSR CCA ;convert cursor row/column to addre: LDA RMARGN ;right margin SEC SBC LMARGN ;subtract left margin TAY ;offset to last byte DWQ1 LDA (ADRESS),Y BNE SBS1 DEY BPL DWQ1 ;if not done JMP DLN1 ;delete line, return SPACE 4,10 ** CCC - Check for Control Character * * ENTRY JSR CCC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCC = * ;entry LDX #TCCRL-3 ;offset to last entry CCC1 LDA TCCR,X ;control character CMP ATACHR ;ATASCII character BEQ CCC2 ;if character found, exit DEX DEX DEX BPL CCC1 ;if not done, continue sear: CCC2 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SRC - Save Row and Column * * ENTRY JSR SRC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SRC = * ;entry LDX #2 ;offset to last byte SRC1 LDA ROWCRS,X ;byte of cursor row/column STA TMPROW,X ;save byte of cursor row/co: DEX BPL SRC1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** RRC - Restore Row and Column * * ENTRY JSR RRC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RRC = * ;entry LDX #2 ;offset to last byte RRC1 LDA TMPROW,X ;byte of saved cursor row/c: STA ROWCRS,X ;byte of row/column DEX BPL RRC1 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SWA - Swap Cursor Position with Regular Cursor Posi: * * ENTRY JSR SWA * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SWA = * ;entry ; Check for split screen. LDA BOTSCR ;screen bottom CMP #24 ;normal indicator BEQ SWA2 ;if not split screen ; Swap cursor parameters. LDX #11 ;offset to last byte SWA1 LDA ROWCRS,X ;destination cursor paramet: PHA ;save cursor parameter LDA TXTROW,X ;source cursor parameter STA ROWCRS,X ;update destination cursor : PLA ;saved cursor parameter STA TXTROW,X ;update source cursor param: DEX BPL SWA1 ;if not done ; Complement swap flag. LDA SWPFLG ;swap flag EOR #$FF ;complement swap flag STA SWPFLG ;update swap flag ; Exit. SWA2 JMP SST ;perform screen STATUS, return SPACE 4,10 ** SKC - Sound Key Click * * ENTRY JSR SKC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SKC = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #2*63 ;2 times trip count PHA ;save A ; Turn loudspeaker on. SKC1 STX CONSOL ;turn loudspeaker on ; Wait for VBLANK (loudspeaker off). LDA VCOUNT ;vertical line counter SKC2 CMP VCOUNT ;current vertical line counter BEQ SKC2 ;if vertical line not changed ; Decrement and check trip count. DEX DEX BPL SKC1 ;if not done ; Exit. PLA ;restore A RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SCL - Set Cursor at Left Edge * * ENTRY JSR SCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCL = * ;entry LDA #0 ;assume 0 LDX SWPFLG ;swap flag BNE SCL1 ;if not swapped LDX DINDEX ;mode BNE SCL2 ;if not mode 0 SCL1 LDA LMARGN ;use left margin instead of 0 SCL2 STA COLCRS ;set low cursor column RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SMS - Set Memory Scan Counter Address * * ENTRY JSR SMS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SMS = * ;entry LDA SAVMSC ;saved low memory scan coun: STA ADRESS ;saved low address LDA SAVMSC+1 ;saved high memory scan cou: STA ADRESS+1 ;set high address RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SSP - Perform Screen SPECIAL * * SSP draws a line from OLDROW/OLDCOL to NEWROW/NEWCO: * * ENTRY JSR SSP * * MODS * A. Miller * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SSP = * ;entry ; Determine command. LDX #0 ;assume no fill LDA ICCOMZ ;command CMP #$11 ;DRAW command BEQ SSP2 ;if DRAW command CMP #$12 ;FILL command BEQ SSP1 ;if FILL command LDY #NVALID ;invalid command error RTS ;return SSP1 INX ;indicate fill SSP2 STX FILFLG ;right fill flag ; Set destination row/column. LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row STA NEWROW LDA COLCRS ;cursor column STA NEWCOL LDA COLCRS+1 STA NEWCOL+1 ; Compute row increment and difference. LDA #1 ;assume increment +1 STA ROWINC ;row increment STA COLINC ;column increment SEC LDA NEWROW ;destination row SBC OLDROW ;subtract source row STA DELTAR ;row difference BCS SSP3 ;if difference positive ; Set row increment to -1 and complement row differen: LDA #$FF ;increment -1 STA ROWINC ;update row increment LDA DELTAR ;row difference EOR #$FF CLC ADC #1 ;add 1 for 2's complement STA DELTAR ;update row difference ; Compute column increment and difference. SSP3 SEC LDA NEWCOL ;destination column SBC OLDCOL ;source column STA DELTAC ;column difference LDA NEWCOL+1 SBC OLDCOL+1 STA DELTAC+1 BCS SSP4 ;if difference positive ; Set column increment to -1 and complement column di: LDA #$FF ;increment -1 STA COLINC ;update column increment LDA DELTAC ;column difference EOR #$FF ;absolute value of column d: STA DELTAC ;update column difference LDA DELTAC+1 EOR #$FF STA DELTAC+1 INC DELTAC ;add 1 for 2's complement BNE SSP4 ;if no carry INC DELTAC+1 ;adjust for 2's complement SSP4 LDX #2 ;offset to last byte LDY #0 STY COLAC+1 ;zero high working column SSP5 TYA STA ROWAC,X ;zero byte of working row/c: LDA OLDROW,X ;byte of source row/column STA ROWCRS,X ;byte of cursor row/column DEX BPL SSP5 ;if not done ; Determine difference. LDA DELTAC ;low column difference INX ;offset to working row TAY ;low column difference LDA DELTAC+1 ;high column difference STA COUNTR+1 ;initialize high iteration : STA ENDPT+1 ;initialize high end point BNE SSP6 ;if high column difference : LDA DELTAC ;low column difference CMP DELTAR ;row difference BCS SSP6 ;if column difference > row: LDA DELTAR ;row difference LDX #2 ;offset to working column TAY ;row difference SSP6 TYA ;low maximum difference STA COUNTR ;low iteration counter STA ENDPT ;low end point PHA ;save low end point LDA ENDPT+1 ;high end point LSR A ;C = LSB of high end point PLA ;saved low end point ROR A STA ROWAC,X ;low working row or column ; Check for iteration counter zero. SSP7 LDA COUNTR ;low iteration counter ORA COUNTR+1 ;or in high iteration count: BNE SSP8 ;if iteration counter is no: JMP SSP19 ;exit ; Update working row. SSP8 CLC LDA ROWAC ;working row ADC DELTAR ;row difference STA ROWAC ;update working row BCC SSP9 ;if no carry INC ROWAC+1 ;adjust high working row SSP9 LDA ROWAC+1 ;high working row CMP ENDPT+1 ;high end point BCC SSP11 ;if high working row < high: BNE SSP10 ;if high working row > high: LDA ROWAC ;low working row CMP ENDPT ;low end point BCC SSP11 ;if low working row < low e: SSP10 CLC LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row ADC ROWINC ;add row increment STA ROWCRS ;update cursor row LDX #0 ;indicate subtract from wor: JSR SEP ;subtract end pointer SSP11 CLC LDA COLAC ;low working column ADC DELTAC ;add column difference STA COLAC ;update working column LDA COLAC+1 ADC DELTAC+1 STA COLAC+1 CMP ENDPT+1 ;high end point BCC SSP15 ;if high working column < h: BNE SSP12 ;if high working column > h: LDA COLAC ;low working column CMP ENDPT ;low end point BCC SSP15 ;if low working column < lo: SSP12 BIT COLINC ;column increment BPL SSP13 ;if column increment positi: DEC COLCRS ;decrement low cursor colum: LDA COLCRS ;low cursor column CMP #$FF BNE SSP14 LDA COLCRS+1 ;high cursor column BEQ SSP14 ;if zero, do not decrement DEC COLCRS+1 ;decrement high cursor colu: BPL SSP14 SSP13 INC COLCRS ;increment low cursor colum: BNE SSP14 ;if no carry INC COLCRS+1 ;adjust high cursor column SSP14 LDX #2 ;indicate subtract from wor: JSR SEP ;subtract end pointer ; Plot point. SSP15 JSR CCR ;check cursor range JSR PLO ;plot point ; Check for right fill. LDA FILFLG ;right fill flag BEQ SSP18 ;if no right fill ; Process right fill. JSR SRC ;save row and column LDA ATACHR ;plot point STA HOLD4 ;save plot point SSP16 LDA ROWCRS ;cursor row PHA ;save cursor row JSR ACC ;advance cursor column PLA ;saved cursor row STA ROWCRS ;restore cursor row JSR CCR ;check cursor range JSR GDC ;get data under cursor BNE SSP17 ;if non-zero data encounter: LDA FILDAT ;fill data STA ATACHR ;plot point JSR PLO ;plot point JMP SSP16 ;continue SSP17 LDA HOLD4 ;saved plot point STA ATACHR ;restore plot point JSR RRC ;restore row and column ; Subtract 1 from iteration counter. SSP18 SEC LDA COUNTR ;iteration counter SBC #1 ;subtract 1 STA COUNTR ;update iteration counter LDA COUNTR+1 SBC #0 STA COUNTR+1 ; Check for completion. BMI SSP19 ;if iteration counter negative, exi: JMP SSP7 ;continue ; Exit. SSP19 JMP SST ;perform screen STATUS, return SPACE 4,10 ** TMSK - Table of Bit Masks TMSK DB $00 ;0 - mask for no bits DB $01 ;1 - mask for lower 1 bit DB $03 ;2 - mask for lower 2 bits DB $07 ;3 - mask for lower 3 bits SPACE 4,10 ** TDSC - Table of Default Screen Colors TDSC DB $28 ;default playfield 0 color DB $CA ;default playfield 1 color DB $94 ;default playfield 2 color DB $46 ;default playfield 3 color DB $00 ;default background color SPACE 4,10 ** TCCR - Table of Control Character Routines * * Each entry is 3 bytes. The first byte is the contr: * character; the second and third bytes are the addre: * the routine which processes the control character. TCCR DB $1B DW ESC ;escape DB $1C DW CUP ;move cursor up DB $1D DW CDN ;move cursor down DB $1E DW CLF ;move cursor left DB $1F DW CRT ;move cursor right DB $7D DW CSC ;clear screen DB $7E DW BSP ;backspace DB $7F DW TAB ;tab DB $9B DW RWS ;return with scrolling DB $9C DW DLN ;delete line DB $9D DW ILN ;insert line DB $9E DW CTB ;clear tab DB $9F DW STB ;set tab DB $FD DW BEL ;sound bell DB $FE DW DCH ;delete character DB $FF DW ICH ;insert character TCCRL = *-TCCR ;length SPACE 4,10 ** TSFR - Table of Super Function (Shifted Function Ke: * * Each entry is 3 bytes. The first byte is the super: * character; the second and third bytes are the addre: * routine which processes the super function. TSFR DB $1C DW CHM ;move cursor home DB $1D DW CBT ;move cursor to bottom DB $1E DW CLM ;move cursor to left margin DB $1F DW CRM ;move cursor to right margin SPACE 4,10 ** TAIC - Table of ATASCII to Internal Conversion Cons: TAIC DB $40 ;0 DB $00 ;1 DB $20 ;2 DB $60 ;3 SPACE 4,10 ** TIAC - Table of Internal to ATASCII Conversion Cons: TIAC DB $20 ;0 DB $40 ;1 DB $00 ;2 DB $60 ;3 SPACE 4,10 ** TCKD - Table of Character Key Definitions * * Entry n is the ATASCII equivalent of key code n. TCKD = * ; Lower Case Characters DB $6C ;$00 - l DB $6A ;$01 - j DB $3B ;$02 - semicolon DB $8A ;$03 - F1 DB $8B ;$04 - F2 DB $6B ;$05 - k DB $2B ;$06 - + DB $2A ;$07 - * DB $6F ;$08 - o DB $80 ;$09 - (invalid) DB $70 ;$0A - p DB $75 ;$0B - u DB $9B ;$0C - return DB $69 ;$0D - i DB $2D ;$0E - - DB $3D ;$0F - = DB $76 ;$10 - v DB $80 ;$11 - (invalid) DB $63 ;$12 - c DB $8C ;$13 - F3 DB $8D ;$14 - F4 DB $62 ;$15 - b DB $78 ;$16 - x DB $7A ;$17 - z DB $34 ;$18 - 4 DB $80 ;$19 - (invalid) DB $33 ;$1A - 3 DB $36 ;$1B - 6 DB $1B ;$1C - escape DB $35 ;$1D - 5 DB $32 ;$1E - 2 DB $31 ;$1F - 1 DB $2C ;$20 - comma DB $20 ;$21 - space DB $2E ;$22 - period DB $6E ;$23 - n DB $80 ;$24 - (invalid) DB $6D ;$25 - m DB $2F ;$26 - / DB $81 ;$27 - inverse DB $72 ;$28 - r DB $80 ;$29 - (invalid) DB $65 ;$2A - e DB $79 ;$2B - y DB $7F ;$2C - tab DB $74 ;$2D - t DB $77 ;$2E - w DB $71 ;$2F - q DB $39 ;$30 - 9 DB $80 ;$31 - (invalid) DB $30 ;$32 - 0 DB $37 ;$33 - 7 DB $7E ;$34 - backspace DB $38 ;$35 - 8 DB $3C ;$36 - < DB $3E ;$37 - > DB $66 ;$38 - f DB $68 ;$39 - h DB $64 ;$3A - d DB $80 ;$3B - (invalid) DB $82 ;$3C - CAPS DB $67 ;$3D - g DB $73 ;$3E - s DB $61 ;$3F - a ; Upper Case Characters DB $4C ;$40 - L DB $4A ;$41 - J DB $3A ;$42 - colon DB $8A ;$43 - SHIFT-F1 DB $8B ;$44 - SHIFT-F2 DB $4B ;$45 - K DB $5C ;$46 - \ DB $5E ;$47 - ^ DB $4F ;$48 - O DB $80 ;$49 - (invalid) DB $50 ;$4A - P DB $55 ;$4B - U DB $9B ;$4C - SHIFT-return DB $49 ;$4D - I DB $5F ;$4E - _ DB $7C ;$4F - | DB $56 ;$50 - V DB $80 ;$51 - (invalid) DB $43 ;$52 - C DB $8C ;$53 - SHIFT-F3 DB $8D ;$54 - SHIFT-F4 DB $42 ;$55 - B DB $58 ;$56 - X DB $5A ;$57 - Z DB $24 ;$58 - $ DB $80 ;$59 - (invalid) DB $23 ;$5A - # DB $26 ;$5B - & DB $1B ;$5C - SHIFT-escape DB $25 ;$5D - % DB $22 ;$5E - " DB $21 ;$5F - ! DB $5B ;$60 - [ DB $20 ;$61 - SHIFT-space DB $5D ;$62 - ] DB $4E ;$63 - N DB $80 ;$64 - (invalid) DB $4D ;$65 - M DB $3F ;$66 - ? DB $81 ;$67 - SHIFT-inverse DB $52 ;$68 - R DB $80 ;$69 - (invalid) DB $45 ;$6A - E DB $59 ;$6B - Y DB $9F ;$6C - SHIFT-tab DB $54 ;$6D - T DB $57 ;$6E - W DB $51 ;$6F - Q DB $28 ;$70 - ( DB $80 ;$71 - (invalid) DB $29 ;$72 - ) DB $27 ;$73 - ' DB $9C ;$74 - SHIFT-delete DB $40 ;$75 - @ DB $7D ;$76 - SHIFT-clear DB $9D ;$77 - SHIFT-insert DB $46 ;$78 - F DB $48 ;$79 - H DB $44 ;$7A - D DB $80 ;$7B - (invalid) DB $83 ;$7C - SHIFT-CAPS DB $47 ;$7D - G DB $53 ;$7E - S DB $41 ;$7F - A ; Control Characters DB $0C ;$80 - CTRL-L DB $0A ;$81 - CTRL-J DB $7B ;$82 - CTRL-semicolon DB $80 ;$83 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$84 - (invalid) DB $0B ;$85 - CTRL-K DB $1E ;$86 - CTRL-left arrow DB $1F ;$87 - CTRL-right arrow DB $0F ;$88 - CTRL-O DB $80 ;$89 - (invalid) DB $10 ;$8A - CTRL-P DB $15 ;$8B - CTRL-U DB $9B ;$8C - CTRL-return DB $09 ;$8D - CTRL-I DB $1C ;$8E - CTRL-up arrow DB $1D ;$8F - CTRL-down arrow DB $16 ;$90 - CTRL-V DB $80 ;$91 - (invalid) DB $03 ;$92 - CTRL-C DB $89 ;$93 - CTRL-F3 DB $80 ;$94 - (invalid) DB $02 ;$95 - CTRL-B DB $18 ;$96 - CTRL-X DB $1A ;$97 - CTRL-Z DB $80 ;$98 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$99 - (invalid) DB $85 ;$9A - CTRL-3 DB $80 ;$9B - (invalid) DB $1B ;$9C - CTRL-escape DB $80 ;$9D - (invalid) DB $FD ;$9E - CTRL-2 DB $80 ;$9F - (invalid) DB $00 ;$A0 - CTRL-comma DB $20 ;$A1 - CTRL-space DB $60 ;$A2 - CTRL-period DB $0E ;$A3 - CTRL-N DB $80 ;$A4 - (invalid) DB $0D ;$A5 - CTRL-M DB $80 ;$A6 - (invalid) DB $81 ;$A7 - CTRL-inverse DB $12 ;$A8 - CTRL-R DB $80 ;$A9 - (invalid) DB $05 ;$AA - CTRL-E DB $19 ;$AB - CTRL-Y DB $9E ;$AC - CTRL-tab DB $14 ;$AD - CTRL-T DB $17 ;$AE - CTRL-W DB $11 ;$AF - CTRL-Q DB $80 ;$B0 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$B1 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$B2 - (invalid) DB $80 ;$B3 - (invalid) DB $FE ;$B4 - CTRL-delete DB $80 ;$B5 - (invalid) DB $7D ;$B6 - CTRL-clear DB $FF ;$B7 - CTRL-insert DB $06 ;$B8 - CTRL-F DB $08 ;$B9 - CTRL-H DB $04 ;$BA - CTRL-D DB $80 ;$BB - (invalid) DB $84 ;$BC - CTRL-CAPS DB $07 ;$BD - CTRL-G DB $13 ;$BE - CTRL-S DB $01 ;$BF - CTRL-A SPACE 4,10 ** TFKD - Table of Function Key Definitions * * Entry n is the ATASCII equivalent of adjusted funct: * code n. TFKD DB $1C ;0 - F1 key DB $1D ;1 - F2 key DB $1E ;2 - F3 key DB $1F ;3 - F3 key DB $8E ;4 - SHIFT-F1 key DB $8F ;5 - SHIFT-F2 key DB $90 ;6 - SHIFT-F3 key DB $91 ;7 - SHIFT-F4 key SPACE 4,10 ** KIR - Process Keyboard IRQ * * ENTRY JMP KIR * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 KIR = * ;entry ; Initialize. TXA PHA ;save X TYA PHA ;save Y LDY PORTB ;port B memory control LDA KBCODE ;keyboard code CMP CH1 ;last key code BNE KIR1 ;if not last key code LDX KEYDEL ;keyboard debounce delay BNE KIR8 ;if delay not expired, tread as bou: ; Check for CTRL-F1. KIR1 LDX KEYDIS ;save keyboard disable flag CMP #CNTLF1 BNE KIR4 ;if not CTRL-F1 ; Process CTRL-F1 TXA ;keyboard disable flag EOR #$FF ;complelent keyboard disable flag STA KEYDIS ;update keyboard disable flag BNE KIR2 ;if keyboard disabled TYA ;port B memory control ORA #$04 ;turn off LED 1 BNE KIR3 ;update port B memory control KIR2 TYA ;port B memory control AND #$FB ;turn on LED 1 KIR3 TAY ;updated port B memory control BCS KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls ; Check keyboard disable. KIR4 TXA ;keyboard disable flag BNE KIR9 ;if keyboard disabled, exit ; Get character. LDA KBCODE ;keyyboard code TAX ;character ; Check for CTRL-1. CMP #CNTL1 BNE KIR5 ;if not CTRL-1 ; Process CTRL-1. LDA SSFLAG ;start/stop flag EOR #$FF ;complement start/stop flag STA SSFLAG ;update start/stop flag BCS KIR7 ;make CTRL-1 invisible ; Check character. KIR5 AND #$3F ;mask off shift and control bits CMP #HELP BNE KIR10 ;if not HELP key ; Process HELP. STX HELPFG ;indicate HELP key pressed BEQ KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls ; Process character. KIR6 STX CH ;key code STX CH1 ;reset previous key code ; Reset keyboard controls. KIR7 LDA #3 STA KEYDEL ;re-initialize for debounce LDA #0 STA ATRACT ;clear attract-mode timer/flag ; Prepare to exit. KIR8 LDA KRPDEL ;auto-repeat delay STA SRTIMR ;reset software key repeat timer LDA SDMCTL ;DMA control BNE KIR9 ;if DMA not disabled, exit LDA DMASAV ;saved DMA control STA SDMCTL ;DMA control ; Exit. KIR9 STY PORTB ;update port B memory control PLA ;saved Y TAY ;restore Y PLA ;saved X TAX ;restore X PLA ;restore A RTI ;return ; Check for CTRL-F2 or CTRL-F4. KIR10 CPX #CNTLF2 BEQ KIR12 ;if CTRL-F2 CPX #CNTLF4 BNE KIR6 ;if not CTRL-F4 ; Process CTRL-F4. LDA CHBAS ;character set base LDX CHSALT ;character set alternate STA CHSALT ;update character set alternate STX CHBAS ;update character set base CPX #high ICSORG ;high international charact: BEQ KIR11 ;if international character: TYA ;port B memory control ORA #$08 ;turn off LED 2 TAY ;updated port B memory control BNE KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls KIR11 TYA ;port B memory control AND #$F7 ;turn on LED 2 TAY ;updated port B memory control JMP KIR7 ;reset keyboard controls ; Process CTRL-F2. KIR12 LDA SDMCTL ;DMA control BEQ KIR9 ;if disabled, exit STA DMASAV ;save DMA state LDA #0 ;disable DMA STA SDMCTL ;DMA control BEQ KIR9 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** FDL - Process Display List Interrupt for Fine Scrol: * * ENTRY JMP DFL * * EXIT * Exits via RTI * * NOTES * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, COLRSH was: * zero-page. * Problem: in the CRASS65 version, DRKMSK was: * zero-page. * * MODS * H. Stewart 06/01/82 * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FDL = * ;entry PHA ;save A LDA COLOR2 ;playfield 2 color ; EOR COLRSH ;modify with attract-mode c: VFD 8\$4D,8\low COLRSH,8\high COLRSH ; AND DRKMSK ;modify with attract-mode l: VFD 8\$2D,8\low DRKMSK,8\high COLRSH STA WSYNC ;wait for HBLANK synchroniz: STA COLPF1 ;playfield 1 color/luminanc: PLA ;restore A RTI ;return SUBTTL '$FCD8 Patch' SPACE 4,10 FIX $FCD8 SPACE 4,10 ** FCD8 - $FCD8 Patch * * For compatibility with OS Revision B, sound key cli: JMP SKC ;sound key click, return SUBTTL 'Cassette Handler' SPACE 4,10 ** CIN - Initialize Cassette * * ENTRY JSR CIN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CIN = * ;entry LDA #low B00600 ;indicate 600 baud STA CBAUDL ;cassette baud rate LDA #high B00600 STA CBAUDH ; JMP CSP ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CSP - Perform Cassette SPECIAL * * CSP does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR CSP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CSP = * ;entry RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** COP - Perform Cassette OPEN * * ENTRY JSR COP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 COP = * ;entry ; Set Cassette IRG type. LDA ICAX2Z ;second auxiliary information STA FTYPE ;cassette IRG type ; Check OPEN mode. LDA ICAX1Z ;OPEN mode AND #$0C ;open for input and output bits CMP #$04 ;open for input bit BEQ OCI ;if open for input, process, return CMP #$08 ;open for output bit BEQ OCO ;if open for output, process, retur: ; Exit. RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** OCI - Open Cassette for Input * * ENTRY JSR OCI * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 OCI = * ;entry ; Process open for input. LDA #0 ;indicate reading STA WMODE ;WRITE mode STA FEOF ;indicate no FEOF yet LDA #TONE2 ;tone for pressing PLAY JSR AUB ;alert user with beep BMI PBC1 ;if error ; Initialize cassette READ. ; JMP ICR ;initialize cassette READ, return SPACE 4,10 ** ICR - Initialize Cassette READ * * ENTRY JSR ICR * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 ICR = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #MOTRGO ;motor on STA PACTL ;port A control ; Wait for leader read. LDX PALNTS LDY RLEADL,X ;low READ leader LDA RLEADH,X ;high READ leader TAX LDA #3 STA CDTMF3 JSR SETVBV ;set up VBLANK timer ICR1 LDA CDTMF3 BNE ICR1 ;if not done waiting ; Initialize. LDA #128 ;buffer size STA BPTR ;initialize buffer pointer STA BLIM ;initialize buffer limit JMP OCO2 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** PBC - Process BREAK for Cassette Operation * * ENTRY JSR PBC * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PBC = * ;entry LDY #BRKABT ;BREAK abort error DEC BRKKEY ;reset BREAK key flag PBC1 LDA #0 ;indicate reading STA WMODE ;WRITE mode RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** OCO - Open Cassette for Output * * ENTRY JSR OCO * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 OCO = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDA #$80 ;indicate writing STA WMODE ;WRITE mode LDA #TONE1 JSR AUB ;alert user with beep BMI PBC1 ;if error ; Set baud rate to 600. LDA #low B00600 ;600 baud STA $D204 LDA #high B00600 STA $D206 ; Write marks. LDA #$60 STA DDEVIC JSR SENDEV LDA #MOTRGO ;write 5 second blank tape STA PACTL ; Wait for leader written. LDX PALNTS LDY WLEADL,X LDA WLEADH,X TAX LDA #3 JSR SETVBV ;set VBLANK parameters LDA #$FF STA CDTMF3 OCO1 LDA BRKKEY ;BREAK key flag BEQ PBC ;if BREAK during write leader, proc: LDA CDTMF3 BNE OCO1 ;if not done waiting ; Initialize buffer pointer. LDA #0 STA BPTR ;buffer pointer ; Indicate success. OCO2 LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CGB - Perform Cassette GET-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR CGB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CGB = * ;entry ; Check for EOF. LDA FEOF ;EOF flag BMI RCB3 ;if at EOF already ; Check for end of buffer. LDX BPTR ;buffer pointer CPX BLIM ;buffer limit BEQ RCB ;if end of buffer, read blo: ; Get next byte. LDA CASBUF+3,X ;byte INC BPTR ;increment pointer LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success CGB1 RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** RCB - Read Cassette Block * * ENTRY JSR RCB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 RCB = * ;entry ; Perform READ. LDA #'R' ;read JSR SCB ;perform SIO on cassette buffer TYA BMI CGB1 ;if SIO error LDA #0 STA BPTR ;reset pointer LDX #$80 ;default number of bytes ; Check for header. LDA CASBUF+2 CMP #EOT BEQ RCB2 ;if header, read again ; Check for last record. CMP #DT1 BNE RCB1 ;if not last data record LDX CASBUF+130 ;number of bytes ; Set number of bytes. RCB1 STX BLIM ; Perform cassette GET-BYTE. JMP CGB ;perform cassette GET-BYTE,: ; Set EOF flag. RCB2 DEC FEOF ;set EOF flag ; Exit. RCB3 LDY #EOFERR ;end of file indicator RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CPB - Perform Cassette PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR CPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CPB = * ;entry ; Move data to buffer. LDX BPTR ;buffer pointer STA CASBUF+3,X ;data INC BPTR ;increment buffer pointer LDY #SUCCES ;assume success ; Check buffer full. CPX #127 ;offset to last byte of buf: BEQ CPB1 ;if buffer full RTS ;return ; Write cassette buffer. CPB1 LDA #DTA ;indicate data record type JSR WCB ;write cassette buffer LDA #0 STA BPTR ;reset buffer pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CST - Perform Cassette STATUS * * ENTRY JSR CST * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CST = * ;entry LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** CCL - Perform Cassette CLOSE * * ENTRY JSR CCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CCL = * ;entry ; Check mode. LDA WMODE ;WRITE mode BMI CCL2 ;if writing ; Process reading. LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success ; Exit. CCL1 LDA #MOTRST STA PACTL ;stop motor RTS ;return ; Process writing. CCL2 LDX BPTR ;buffer pointer BEQ CCL3 ;if no data bytes in buffer STX CASBUF+130 ;number of bytes LDA #DT1 ;indicate data record type JSR WCB ;write cassette buffer BMI CCL1 ;if error, exit ; Zero buffer. CCL3 LDX #127 ;offset to last byte in buf: LDA #0 CCL4 STA CASBUF+3,X ;zero byte DEX BPL CCL4 ;if not done ; Write cassette buffer. LDA #EOT ;indicate EOT record type JSR WCB ;write cassette buffer ; Exit. JMP CCL1 ;exit SPACE 4,10 ** AUB - Alert User with Beep * * ON ENTRY A= FREQ * * ENTRY JSR AUB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 AUB = * ;entry ; Initialize. STA FREQ ;frequency ; Compute termination time of beep duration. AUB1 LDA RTCLOK+2 ;current time CLC LDX PALNTS ADC BEEPNX,X ;add constant for 1 second : TAX ;beep duration termination : ; Turn on speaker. AUB2 LDA #$FF STA CONSOL ;turn on speaker LDA #$00 ; Delay. LDY #$F0 AUB3 DEY BNE AUB3 ;if not done delaying ; Turn off speaker. STA CONSOL ;turn off speaker ; Delay. LDY #$F0 AUB4 DEY BNE AUB4 ;if not done delaying ; Check for beep duration termination time. CPX RTCLOK+2 ;compare current time BNE AUB2 ;if termination time not re: DEC FREQ ;decrement frequency BEQ AUB6 ;if all done, wait for anot: ; Compute termination time of beep separation. TXA CLC LDX PALNTS ADC BEEPFX,X ;add constant TAX ;beep separation terminatio: ; Wait for termination of beep separation. AUB5 CPX RTCLOK+2 ;compare current time BNE AUB5 ;if termination time not re: ; Beep again. BEQ AUB1 ;beep again ; Wait for key. AUB6 JSR WFK ;wait for key TYA ;status RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WFK - Wait for Key * * ENTRY JSR WFK * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by not doing LDA #hig: * and LDA #low[KGB-1]. * Problem: bytes wasted by this being a subro: * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WFK = * ;entry LDA KEYBDV+5 ;keyboard GET-BYTE routine : PHA ;put address on stack LDA KEYBDV+4 PHA RTS ;invoke keyboard GET-BYTE r: SPACE 4,10 ** SCB - Perform SIO on Cassette Buffer * * ENTRY JSR SCB * * NOTES * Problem: byte wasted on JSR/RTS exit. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SCB = * ;entry STA DCOMND ;command LDA #high 131 STA DBYTHI ;buffer length LDA #low 131 STA DBYTLO LDA #high CASBUF STA DBUFHI ;buffer address LDA #low CASBUF STA DBUFLO LDA #$60 ;cassette bus ID STA DDEVIC LDA #0 STA DUNIT LDA #35 ;timeout STA DTIMLO LDA DCOMND ;command LDY #GETDAT ;assume SIO GET-DATA comman: CMP #READ BEQ SCB1 ;if READ command LDY #PUTDAT ;SIO PUT-DATA command SCB1 STY DSTATS ;SIO command LDA FTYPE ;IRG type STA DAUX2 ;second auxiliary informati: JSR SIOV ;vector to SIOV RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** WCB - Write Cassette Buffer * * ENTRY JSR WCB * * NOTES * Problem: byte wasted on JSR/RTS exit. * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 WCB = * ;entry STA CASBUF+2 ;record type LDA #$55 STA CASBUF+0 STA CASBUF+1 LDA #'W' ;write JSR SCB ;perform SIO on cassette bu: RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** NTSC/PAL Constant Tables WLEADH DB high WLEADN ;high NTSC WRITE file leader DB high WLEADP ;high PAL WRITE file leader WLEADL DB low WLEADN ;low NTSC WRITE file leader DB low WLEADP ;low PAL WRITE file leader RLEADH DB high RLEADN ;high NTSC READ file leader DB high RLEADP ;high PAL READ file leader RLEADL DB low RLEADN ;low NTSC READ file leader DB low RLEADP ;low PAL READ file leader BEEPNX DB BEEPNN ;NTSC beep duration DB BEEPNP ;PAL beep duration BEEPFX DB BEEPFN ;NTSC beep separation DB BEEPFP ;PAL beep separation SUBTTL 'Printer Handler' SPACE 4,10 ** PIN - Initialize Printer * * ENTRY JSR PIN * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PIN = * ;entry LDA #30 ;30 second timeout STA PTIMOT ;printer timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** Printer Handler Address Data * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by tables and code. : * Immediate instructions should be used. PSTB DW DVSTAT ;status buffer address PPRB DW PRNBUF ;printer buffer address SPACE 4,10 ** PST - Perform Printer STATUS * * ENTRY JSR PST * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PST = * ;entry LDA #4 ;4 bytes for status STA PBUFSZ ;buffer size LDX PSTB ;address of status buffer LDY PSTB+1 LDA #STATC ;status command STA DCOMND ;command STA DAUX1 JSR SDP ;set up DCB for printer JSR SIOV ;vector to SIO BMI PSP ;if error, return ; Exit. JSR STS ;set printer timeout from status ; JMP PSP ; return SPACE 4,10 ** PSP - Perform Printer SPECIAL * * PSP does nothing. * * ENTRY JSR PSP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PSP = * ;entry RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** POP - Perform Printer OPEN * * ENTRY JSR POP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 POP = * ;entry JSR PST ;perform printer STATUS LDA #0 STA PBPNT ;clear pointer buffer pointer RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PPB - Perform Printer PUT-BYTE * * ENTRY JSR PPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPB = * ;entry ; Initialize. PHA ;save data LDA ICDNO,X ;device number STA ICDNOZ ;device number JSR PPM ;process print mode ; Put data in buffer. LDX PBPNT ;printer buffer pointer PLA ;saved data STA PRNBUF,X ;put data in buffer INX ; Check for buffer full. CPX PBUFSZ ;printer buffer size BEQ PPP ;if buffer full, perform PU: ; Update printer buffer pointer. STX PBPNT ;printer buffer pointer ; Check for EOL. CMP #EOL BEQ PPB1 ;if EOL, space fill ; Exit. LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return ; Space fill buffer. PPB1 LDA #' ' ;indicate space fill ; JMP FPB ;fill printer buffer, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** FPB - Fill Printer Buffer * * ENTRY JSR FPB * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 FPB = * ;entry ; Fill printer buffer. FPB1 STA PRNBUF,X ;byte of printer buffer INX CPX PBUFSZ ;printer buffer size BNE FPB1 ;if not done ; Perform printer PUT. ; JMP PPP ;perform printer PUT, retur: SPACE 4,10 ** PPP - Perform Printer PUT * * ENTRY JSR PPP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPP = * ;entry ; Clear printer buffer pointer. LDA #0 STA PBPNT ;clear printer buffer pointer ; Set up DCB. LDX PPRB ;address of printer buffer LDY PPRB+1 JSR SDP ;set up DCB for printer ; Perform PUT. JMP SIOV ;vector to SIO, return SPACE 4,10 ** PCL - Perform Printer CLOSE * * ENTRY JSR PCL * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PCL = * ;entry ; Initialize. JSR PPM ;process print mode ; Check buffer pointer. LDA #EOL ;indicate EOL fill LDX PBPNT ;printer buffer pointer BNE FPB ;if buffer pointer non-zero, fill b: ; Exit. LDY #SUCCES ;indicate success RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** SDP - Set Up DCB for Printer * * ENTRY JSR SDP * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 SDP = * ;entry STX DBUFLO ;low buffer address STY DBUFHI ;high buffer address LDA #PDEVN ;printer device bus ID STA DDEVIC ;device bus ID LDA ICDNOZ ;device number STA DUNIT ;unit number LDA #$80 ;SIO WRITE command LDX DCOMND ;I/O direction CPX #STATC ;STATUS command BNE SDP1 ;if STATUS command LDA #$40 ;SIO READ command SDP1 STA DSTATS ;SIO command LDA PBUFSZ STA DBYTLO ;low buffer size LDA #0 STA DBYTHI ;high buffer size LDA PTIMOT STA DTIMLO ;device timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** STS - Set Printer Timeout from Status * * ENTRY JSR STS * * NOTES * Problem: bytes wasted by this code's being : * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 STS = * ;entry LDA DVSTAT+2 ;timeout STA PTIMOT ;set printer timeout RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** PPM - Process Print Mode * * PPM sets up the DCB according to the print mode. * * ENTRY JSR PPM * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 PPM = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDY #WRITE ;WRITE command LDA ICAX2Z ;print mode ; Determine buffer size. PPM1 CMP #NORMAL ;NORMAL mode BNE PPM2 ;if not NORMAL mode LDX #NBUFSZ ;NORMAL mode buffer size BNE PPM4 ;set buffer size PPM2 CMP #DOUBLE ;DOUBLE mode BNE PPM3 ;if not DOUBLE mode LDX #DBUFSZ ;DOUBLE mode buffer size BNE PPM4 ;set buffer size PPM3 CMP #SIDWAY ;SIDEWAYS mode BNE PPM5 ;if not SIDEWAYS mode, assume NORMA: LDX #SBUFSZ ;SIDEWAYS mode buffer size ; Set buffer size. PPM4 STX PBUFSZ ;set printer buffer size ; Set DCB command and mode. STY DCOMND ;command STA DAUX1 ;print mode RTS ;return ; Assume NORMAL mode. PPM5 LDA #NORMAL ;NORMAL mode BNE PPM1 ;set buffer size SUBTTL 'Self-test, Part 4' SPACE 4,10 ** VFR - Verify First 8K ROM * * ENTRY JSR VFR * * EXIT * C clear, if verified * set, if not verified * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 VFR = * ;entry ; Initialize. LDX #0 ;offset to first region to checksum STX STCHK ;initial sum is zero STX STCHK+1 ; Checksum ROM. VFR1 JSR CRR ;checksum region of ROM CPX #12 BNE VFR1 ;if not done ; Compare result. LDA $C000 ;low checksum in ROM LDX $C001 ;high checksum in ROM ; JMP VCS ;verify checksum, return SPACE 4,10 ** VCS - Verify Checksum * * ENTRY JSR VCS * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 VCS = * ;entry CMP STCHK ;low checksum BNE VCS1 ;if low checksum bad CPX STCHK+1 ;high checksum BNE VCS1 ;if high checksum bad CLC ;indicate verified RTS ;return VCS1 SEC ;indicate not verified RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** VSR - Verify Second 8K ROM * * ENTRY JSR VSR * * EXIT * C clear, if verified * set, if not verified * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 VSR = * ;entry LDX #0 STX STCHK ;initial sum is zero STX STCHK+1 LDX #12 ;offset to first region to checksum JSR CRR ;checksum region of ROM JSR CRR ;checksum region of ROM LDA $FFF8 ;low checksum from ROM LDX $FFF9 ;high checksum from ROM JMP VCS ;verify checksum, return SPACE 4,10 ** CRR - Checksum Region of ROM * * ENTRY JSR CRR * X = offset * * MODS * Original Author Unknown * 1. Bring closer to Coding Standard (object unchanged). * R. K. Nordin 11/01/83 CRR = * ;entry ; Transfer range addresses. LDY #0 CRR1 LDA TARV,X STA STADR1,Y INX INY CPY #4 ;4 bytes for 2 addresses BNE CRR1 ;if not done ; Checksum range. LDY #0 CRR2 CLC LDA (STADR1),Y ADC STCHK STA STCHK BCC CRR3 ;if low value non-zero INC STCHK+1 ;adjust high value CRR3 INC STADR1 ;advance address BNE CRR4 ;if low address non-zero INC STADR1+1 ;adjust high address CRR4 LDA STADR1 ;current address CMP STADR2 ;end of range BNE CRR2 ;if not done LDA STADR1+1 CMP STADR2+1 BNE CRR2 ;if not done RTS ;return SPACE 4,10 ** TARV - Table of Address Ranges to Verify TARV DW $C002,$D000 ;first 8K ROM, $C002 - $CFFF DW $5000,$5800 ;first 8K ROM, $D000 - $D7FF DW $D800,$E000 ;first 8K ROM, $D800 - $DFFF DW $E000,$FFF8 ;second 8K ROM, $E000 - $FFF7 DW $FFFA,$0000 ;second 8K ROM, $FFFA - $FFFF SUBTTL 'Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum' SPACE 4,10 FIX $FFEE SPACE 4,10 ** Second 8K ROM Identification and Checksum DB IDDAY,IDMON,IDYEAR ;date (day, month, year) DB IDCPU ;CPU series DB IDPN1,IDPN2,IDPN3,IDPN4,IDPN5 ;part number DB IDREV ;revision number DW $0000 ;reserved for checksum SUBTTL '6502 Machine Vectors' SPACE 4,10 FIX $FFFA SPACE 4,10 ** 6502 Machine Vectors DW NMI ;vector to process NMI DW RES ;vector to process RESET DW IRQ ;vector to process IRQ SPACE 4,10 END